| 注册
home doc ppt pdf
请输入搜索内容

热门搜索

年终总结个人简历事迹材料租赁合同演讲稿项目管理职场社交

六年级英语教案

姣***7

贡献于2020-04-07

字数:173366

Unit 1 How can I get there?
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册第单元单元话题How can I get there
单元通场景提供表达点问路句型结构教学中三版块A 部分 B部分C 部分A部分包括重点词汇情景话两课时第课时呈现吴Robin谈话引出表示点词汇第二课时吴Robin谈话引出句型Where is the It’s…A 部分重点掌握词汇询问点回答句型 B部分包括重点词汇情景话读写三课时第课时呈现Mike问路话引出关路线词汇第二课时吴Mike 完电影讨吃饭点呈现问路回答句型How can we get there Turn leftright进步表达句型 Where is the It’s next to第三课时通图片解辨方位方法通吴MikeRobin寻找意利餐馆拓展单元学句型B部分重点掌握词汇问路回答句型How can we get there Turn leftright C 部分包括听力测试介词词组总结事课时重点复巩固单元学重点词汇句型
课堂教学中首先整体握单元教学容教学重点教学难点解学生学情然围绕单元题How can I get there展开教学设计单元教学容学生生活相关组织语言教学时注意设计生活化充分利教材已设定情境展开教学引导学生合作学中表达语学句型鼓励学生编话巩固学知识时引导学生纳介词词组启发学生思维
单元需掌握词汇中science post office 中office四年级五年级教材中已学单元需掌握询问点回答句型Where is the It’s inonundernearin front ofbehind四年级五年级教材中已学句型表达单元教学奠定定基础
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写单词词组:science museum post office bookstore cinema crossing turn left go straight turn right
(2)够听说认读单词:ask sir interesting Italian restaurant pizza street get GPS street gave feature follow far tell
(3)够听说读写句型:
—Where is the —It’s near the door
—How can we get there —Turn left at the bookstore
(4)够掌握句式:
Where+系动词+点名词?
It+系动词+表示点介词短语
How can Iwe + get to +点?
(5)知道英语句子升降调
2 力目标
(1)够正确science museum post office bookstore cinema crossing turn left go straight turn right单词词组描述城市设施位置
(2)够情景中运句型询问点作答:
—Where is the —It’s
(3)够情景中运句型问路描述路线
—How can we get there —Turn leftright at the
(4)够正确语调朗读类型句子
(5)够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关Robin新功事时够根阅读信息写出事中关键信息
3情感目标
(1) 够迷路时动寻求帮助
(2) 够适饮食暴饮暴食
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1) 够听说读写单词:够听说读写单词词组:science museum post office bookstore cinema crossing turn left go straight turn right
(2) 够听说读写句型:
—Where is the —It’s near the door
—How can we get there —Turn left at the bookstore
2 教学难点
(1)够正确单元四会单词词组描述城市设施位置
(2)够情境中恰运四会句型
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景交际法愉快教学法
教学时间
单元分六课时教学
第课时 A Let’s learn Make a map and talk
第二课时 A Let’s try Let’s talk
第三课时 B Let’s learn Be a tour guide
第四课时 B Let’s try Let’s talk
第五课时 B Read and write
第六课时 B Let’s check Let’s wrap it up C Story time
知识视窗
1北极星
北极星接北天极颗星星北半球定位正北极星位置相稳定没变化帮助分辨方古代没发明指南针前常北极星判断方位
2问路种常见表达方法
(1)How can Iwe get to
例:电影院?
How can I get to the cinema
(2)Where is the
例:图书馆?
Excuse me where is the library
(3) Can you tell me the way to the
例:告诉医院路?
Can you tell me the way to the
(4)Is there a near here
例:附饭店?
Is there a restaurant near here
第课时
课时容
A Let’s learn Make a map and talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第单元第课时围绕Where is the话题展开通话学词汇science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital句型Where is the It’s next to表达引导学生解简单构词规律发音规律培养学生学英语热情树立学英语信心第课时单元基础学会课时掌握知识学课时会容易课时重点四会单词掌握够运四会单词介绍场位置
课时包括Let’s learn Make a map and talk 两版块Let’s learn呈现吴Robin话体现单词词组词形意义版块呈现话情境吴问Robin电影院Robin告诉吴书店旁边情境贴学生实际生活激发学生学兴趣Make a map and talk版块综合性操练活动学生通活动巩固A 部分Let’s learn学词汇句型做学致
课时然新授课四会单词词组较简单学生容易掌握设计教学程时遵循学生体原采猜猜说说读读玩玩歌等种教学手段调动全体学生积极参通务型教学法合作探究教学法等引导学生学新|课 | 标|第 || 网
课时目标
(1)够听说读写单词:science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital
(2)够运学词汇介绍场位置
(3)解简单构词规律简单发音规律
(4)够听说运句型Where is the It’s next to
(5)培养学生学英语热情树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写单词:science museum post office bookstore cinema hospital
(2)够运学词汇介绍场位置
(3)解简单构词规律简单发音规律
(4)够听说运句型Where is the It’s next to
2难点
(1)够正确运学词汇介绍场位置
(2)句型Where is the It’s next to灵活运
教学准备
媒体课件卡片图片录音机磁带空白简图
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes
设计意图:师生间问候拉学生距离
2 Ask and answer
T Look at the picture This is Robin’s room Where is the picture(课件呈现图片板书句子Where is the)
S1 It’s on the wallabove the bed(板书句子It’s )
T Where is the chair
S2 It’s in front of the desk
T Can you ask some questions like me Who can
S3 Where is the
S4 It’s besidenear

教学资源:课件
设计意图:利图片进行问答帮助学生回忆Where is the It’s句型学课做准备
3 Let’s chant
T Now let’s chant together
(课件展示歌学生齐说)
in……里 on……
under under ……面
near beside……旁边
in front of ……前面
behind behind ……面
between between……中间









教学资源:制课件
设计意图:通chant复课相关词汇学新词汇做准备时活跃课堂气氛激发学生学热情
Step 2 Lead in
T Boys and girls let’s play a game Please guess what place it is
(课件出示学生熟悉场遮住部分学生猜)
T Look at picture 1 This is a place
S1 A zoo
T No
S2 A park
T Yes you’re right It’s a park Next one What place is it
S3 A school

T Yes it’s a library We can read books in it
教学资源:制课件
设计意图:通学生猜测熟悉场吸引全体学生学兴趣然引出新知
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching cinema post office bookstore science museum hospital
(1)Teaching bookstore
T Look at picture 3 What place is it It has many books dictionaries magazines there If you want some books you can go there It’s a
Ss Bookstore(引导学生说出张贴bookstore联系单词or试着读出单词教师强调st发音带读指名读齐读)
(2)Teaching cinema
T Look at picture 4 It’s a big place If you want to see Kung Fu Panda Spider ManYou can go there What place is it It’s a
Ss Cinema(引导学生说出张贴单词cinema领读拼读指名读齐读)
T Picture 4 is a cinema We can see a film in the cinema
(3)Teaching post office
T I write a letter to my friend I want to post the letter(教师出封信)Shall I go to the cinema
Ss No
T Bookstore
Ss No
T Where shall we go Look at picture 5 What place is it
Ss Post office(张贴词组post office联系单词teachers’ office强调字母o词组中发音然学生拼读单词指名读带读齐读)
(4)Teaching hospital
T Look at picture 6 If you have a headache have a stomachache have a cold you can go there(教师做动作帮助学生理解)Guess what place it is
Ss It’s a hospital(引导学生说出张贴单词hospital领读拼读指名读齐读)
(5)Teaching science museum’
T Look at this picture What place is it It’s a
Ss Museum(教读单词museum拼读单词齐读单词)
T It’s a Science museum(张贴词组指名读分组读)
教学资源:课件卡片
设计意图:通猜猜引出学新知引起学生兴趣然利学生迁移力引导学生读单词培养学生思维力
2 听录音读单词两读单词歌记忆单词
cinema cinema电影院
bookstore bookstore书店
hospital hospital医院
post office post office 邮局
science museum科学博物馆







教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:歌教学更帮助记忆单词音义
3 Teaching Where is the It’s next to
(1)呈现医院书店图片学句子
T Where is the hospital(hospital卡片贴板书句子中Where is the补充完整)
S1 It’s nearbeside the bookstore
T We also can say It’s next to the hospital(板书next to讲解next to句子It’s 补充完整然指名讲解句型)
(2)齐读板书句子
Where is the hospital
It’s next to the bookstore
(3)呈现邮局电影院图片学生两组练
句型:A Where is the
B It’s next to the
(4)指组演练
教学资源:制课件
设计意图:课复句型学词汇结合起引出新句型然模仿句型学生轻松掌握新知
4 Let’s learn
(1)Show the pictures about Wu Yifan and Robin(呈现教课书图片)
T Who are they
Ss WuYifan and Robin
T What do they say Let’s listen to the tape
(2)Listen to the tape again and answer the question
Where is the cinema
(3)Open the books and follow the tape
(4)Read in pairs
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:通听录音读录音分角色朗读集中学生注意力提高听读效果巩固学知识
5 Do practice in pairs
(1)课件呈现图片两组编话
A:Where is the
B:It’s
(next to in front of behind)
(2)指组表演话
教学资源:课件
设计意图:创设定情境帮助学生更运学词汇语言
Step 4 Practice
1 Let’s play a game Guess the words
教师出示单词词卡白纸遮住单词部分(开头结尾)学生快速猜出单词声读出
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:猜单词游戏活跃课堂气氛巩固单词认读
2 What’s the missing
课件呈现课学词汇图片请学生观察秒然次消失图片请学生快速说出消失什?
教学资源:课件
设计意图:趣游戏帮助学生更记住课单词
3解合成词
(1)呈现学场学生组讨词汇分成两类说出理
school cinema park science museum library bookstore hospital
zoo computer room post office washroom garden




(2)教师公布答案讲解合成词
school science museum
cinema bookstore
park post office
library computer room
zoo washroom
hospital









教学资源:课件
设计意图:通组讨纳锻炼学生思维力引导学生合作学生中解合成词构成
4 Make a map and talk
(1)Make a map for your toy city Introduce it to the class
(2)Write 13sentences about your toy city
Look this is my toy city There is a______________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
教学资源:制课件空白简图
设计意图:通活动仅学知识运锻炼学生口语交际力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson 学生说教师总结
1五表示建筑单词词组:cinema post office bookstore science museum hospital
2next tonear beside义词
2询问点回答句型:
Where is +the+点?
It’s +介词短语
设计意图:节课学知识进行纳帮助学生理解记忆巩固提升课时学知识
课堂作业
图连线
1 2 3 4




A hospital B cinema C post office D science museum



二单项选择
( )1—_______is the cinema
—It’s behind the park
A Where B Who C What
( )2 There _______ a pet hospital in my city
A are B is C am
( )3 The bookstore is _______ the school
A near to B next to C next
三图句子补充完整

1 —Where is the _________
—It’s ________ ________ the cinema


2 —________ ________ the bookstore
—________ beside the cinema
四猜猜
A cinema B hospital C post office
D bookstore E science museum




1 You can see a film (电影)at the___________
2 If you are sick you should see a doctor in the ___________
3 You can buy some books in the ___________
4 You can watch the dinosaur(恐龙)show in the ___________
5 You can send a letter in the ____________
Answers
1B2A3D4C
二1 A 2 B 3 B
三1 hospital next to
2 Where is It’s
四1A2B3D4E5C








板书设计
Unit 1 How can I get there
A Let’s learn
bookstore cinema post office
书店 电影院 邮局
hospital science museum
医院 科学博物馆

Where is the hospital
It’s next to the bookstore
(……相邻挨着)
第二课时
课时容
A Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第单元第二课时第课时紧密相连围绕场方位展开话题节课通谈话情景继续学询问场方位回答句型Where is the 引导学生运礼貌语寻求帮助第课时中句型Where is the It’s next to学课时奠定基础课时重点情景中灵活运句型Where is the It’s next to交流场方位课文话理解
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk 两版块Let’s try听力训练通吴Robin话引出A Let’s talk版块话场景信息复现表示点方位句型Where is the进入正式话学做准备Let’s talk呈现吴Robin博物馆机器吴想买明信片引起博物馆商店邮局方位询问课时询问场方位情景设置贴学生生活激发学生求知欲鼓励学生想英语表达热情
课时出现词汇postcard send ask sir助定语境肢体语言图片等方法帮助学生理解记忆课堂教学中采游戏复词汇问答复句型然通Let’s try引出话整体感知话局部处理语言帮助学生更理解运语言通游戏创编话环节巩固学语言
课时目标
1 够听说认读单词:postcard send ask sir
2 够听说读写句型:Where is the museum shop It’s near the door
3 够务情景中运句型Where is the It’s
4 够正确意群语音语调朗读话
5 够理解话意
6 够运礼貌语寻求帮助
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够理解话意
(2)够听说读写句型:Where is the museum shop It’s near the door
(3)够正确意群语音语调朗读话
(4)够务情景中运句型Where is the It’s
2难点
够灵活运句型Where is the It’s next to交流场方位
教学准备
媒体课件课文图片录音机磁带学生备建筑物单词词卡空白场简图干
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning MissMr
T How are you today
Ss Fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks
2 Review some words
(1)Play a game
T Before our class let’s play a game Please guess what place it is
What place is it
S1 Bookstore
T YesNo

(课件呈现书店邮局电影院医院科学博物馆图片图片遮住部分学生猜点名称)
(2)Read the words
教学资源:课件
设计意图:趣游戏帮助学生复巩固节课学词汇
3 Ask and answer
教师呈现部分场名称介词短语然展示幅城市简图接着师生交流
T Where is the park
S1 It’s next tonearbesidein front of…
S2 Where is the
S3

教学资源:课件
设计意图:通师生间交流引出相关场名称方位名称开展模仿活动复巩固节课句型介词短语话学基础
Step 2 Lead in
1图片导入
教师呈现学生观
T What’s this
Ss It’s a robot
T Yes Look a robot(教师呈现种样机器) There are many robots here How do you like these robots
Ss CoolGreat
T Wu Yifan and Robin are looking at some robots too Where are they Let’s listen and tick
2 Listen to the tape and finish Let’s try
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:机器导入激发学生学兴趣调动全体学生注意力听力练复现表示点方位句型进入正式话做准备
Step 3 Presentation
1介绍话背景
T Wu Yifan and John are looking at the robots in the museum Wu Yfian has something to do What does he do
教学资源:课文图片
设计意图:介绍背景帮助学生解场景
2整体感知话回答问题
(1)Read Let’s talk
(2)Finish worksheet

1 Places you find in the dialogue

school museum post office museum shop hospital




2 Ask and answer
(1)Where is the museum shop
It’s next to the post office It’s near the door

(2)Where is the post office
It’s next to the museum It’s next to the cinema









教学资源:课件
设计意图:观文通worksheet帮助学生梳理获取文信息
3 学话
(1)Teaching I want to buy
a T Wu Yifan wants to go to the post office What does he want to do(引导学生说出)
Ss He wants to buy a post card(板书post card联系post office car学生拼读单词呈现实物理解单词带读单词指名读单词理解句子)
T What else
Ss He want to send the post card(引导学生回答教学send 领读指名读理解句子)
b 呈现句子齐读句子
I want to buy a post card
I want to send it today
c组讨want法教师总结
①直接加名词②加to加动词原形
(2)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(3)Read the text again
a Teaching ask sir(利教材插图理解词汇ask sir)
b Read in pairs
(4)Act the text
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通实物图片定语境更帮助学生理解词汇句子通听录音读录音模仿语音语调通表演课文加深课文理解语言运
Step 4 Practice
1 Talk about the places in your citytownvillage
四组组中准备建筑物单词词卡放没标出建筑场城市简图面然组问答练
句型:A Is there a
Where is it
B It’s nearnext to behindin front of
教学资源:建筑物单词词卡空白场简图
设计意图:通活动更帮助学生运学词汇课重点句型
2 摆摆说说
两组幅没完成方位图然互相交流建筑物摆图
例:Where is the cinema
It’s in front of hospital

设计意图:够交流场位置达巩固语言目
3 创编话
两组创编话
A ______ where is the ______
B I want to buy a_______
A It’s ________________
B Where is the_________
A I don’t know I’ll ask Excuse me sir
Where is the ________
Man It’s_____________
A Thanks sir
Man You are welcome











教学资源:课件
设计意图:培养学生综合运语言力锻炼学生思维力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生说教师总结
T:学词汇:post card send sir ask
学场方位句型:Where is the It’s
学want法:①直接加名词
②加to加动词原形
设计意图:总结环节帮助学生纳知识点理清思路助学生知识记忆
课堂作业
图列单词补充完整
1 2 3 4


c_ n_ m_ h_ sp_ tal b_ _ kst _ _ _ _ _ se_ m
二列句子画线部分选择正确汉语
( )1 This is a postcard
A信 B明信片 C邮票
( )2 I want to send a shirt to my sister
A寄 B买 C
( )3 Excuse me sir Is there a zoo near here
A女士 B先生 C孩子
三单词适形式填空
1 Where _______ the park(be)
2 I want_______ a book (buy)
3 I_______ know(not)
四选择合适句子补全话
Amy Hi John Where is the post office 1__________
Lily I’m sorry 2 __________ Let’s ask that woman
Amy Excuse me madam 3 __________
Woman 4 __________
Amy & Lily Thank you
Woman 5 __________
A I don’t know
B Where is the post office
C You’re welcome
D It’s near Hong Xing Bookstore
E I want to send a letter to my grandma







Answers
1 i ea 2 oi 3 ooore 4 muu
二1B2A3B
三1is 2 to buy 3 don’t
四1E2A3B4D5C







板书设计
A Let’s talk
post card明信片 Where is the
send寄 It’s
sir先生 +名词
ask 问 want
+to+动原

第三课时
课时容
B let’s learn Be a tour guide
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第单元第三课时围绕问路话题展开通话学单词词组crossing turn left go straight turn right句型How can I get to the Turn left 表达激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心第二课时中学句型Where is the课时做铺垫课时重点四会单词短语掌握够运四会单词词组指路
课时包括Let’s learn Be a tour guide两版块Let’s learn通Mike问路话呈现单词词组词形意义话题生活密切激起学生学兴趣Be a tour guide版块操练B Let’s learn版块中词汇通学生简单介绍景点达巩固语言运语言目
课时词汇容易理解单词crossing turn straight发音点难度利学生迁移力学单词入手尝试学生发现规律拼读教学句型时教课书知识拓展句型发散学生思维整教学程中遵循学生体原采唱歌游戏角色扮演等种教学手段调动全体学生参学生轻松快乐环境学
课时目标
1够听说读写单词词组:crossing turn left go straight turn right
2够正确运述单词词组指路
3激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:crossing turn left go straight turn right
(2)够正确运述单词词组指路
(3)够听说认读单词Italianrestaurant
(4)够听说认读句型: How can I get to
2 难点
(1)单词crossing turn straight restaurant发音
(2)问路句型灵活运
教学准备
课件词卡录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T How are you everybody
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks
2 Let’s chant
T Boys and girls I have a chant for you Listen to the tape and follow the tape
Where is the post office Next to the hospital
Where is the hospital Next to the cinema
Where is the cinema Next to the bookstore
Where is the bookstore Go straight ahead






教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通歌帮助学生复课相关单词句型时课四会短语Go straight出现歌中课学做铺垫
Step 2 Lead in
Let’s do
播放兔子舞师生起跳跳时候注意强调单词leftright
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:趣旋律趣动作师生间互动加深教师学生感情调节课堂气氛时然引出学单词left right
Step 3 Presentation
1Teaching the new words and phrasesturn left turn right go straight crossing
(1)Teaching left right
T Boys and girls look this is my left hand and this is my right hand(教师伸出左右手理解词汇板书left right教学right学生联系单词light night音形试着拼读单词指名读单词齐读单词总结ight发音规律)
(2) Teaching on the left on the right
a T Look at the picture Who are they
Ss They are Xiong’er and Xiongda
T Xiongda is next to Xiong’er Who is on the left Who is on the right(课件呈现短语on the left on the right )
Ss is on the leftright(引导学生回答齐读短语on the left right)
b桌两身边学练句型然指名说
_______ is on the leftright
(3) Teaching turn left turn right
a 呈现左转右转标志引出短语turn left turn right(板书单词turn)
b 呈现单词Thursday hamburger学生读出找出字母组合ur发音规律然试着拼读turn指名读带读分组读
c 分组读短语男女生读短语
(4) Teaching go straight
a Teaching straight
呈现straight图片引出单词教学单词注意ai发音
b Teaching go straight’
呈现直走标志引出短语go straight板书短语
(5)Play a game
教师发指令turn leftright go straight学生做动作
组练发指令学生做动作
(6)Teaching crossing
a T Everyone look at the picture This is a crossing(呈现十字路口图片引出单词crossing板书单词拼读单词教读读指名读齐读)
T Don’t run at the crossing Don’t (play) at the crossing(板书at the crossing齐读短语)
(7)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
听录音读板书词汇
(8)Read the phrases in pairs
(9)Let’s chant
呈现歌组记忆歌

turn left turn left 左转
turn right turn right 右转
go straight 指着走
at the crossing 十字路口






教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:利肢体语言图片引出词汇吸引学生兴趣然利学生迁移力总结发音规律读出单词培养学生思维力接着听录音读录音模仿录音歌记忆教学单词短语中穿插趣游戏学生轻松环境掌握知识
2 Teaching How can I get to Turn leftright
(1) T Look this is Lisa She wants to buy a new magazine She wants to go to the bookstore But(呈现Lisa问句教学get there指名理解句子齐读句子)Lisa doesn’t know where the bookstore is Let’s help her Ok
Ss Ok Go straight turn right(呈现图学生简单描述路线)
(2)呈现句型桌两讨路线然起描述
________ at the_________ Then(然) __________ at the_________
It’s on the_________
(3)呈现简易图学生两组练
A How can I get to the
B Turn right at the It’s on theyour leftright
(4)指组练
(3)Let’s learn
T It’s 12 o’clock Mike and Wu Yifan are hungry They want to go to the Italian restaurant(课件呈现饭店图片板书单词Italian restaurant理解单词教学单词)
T Where is the Italian restaurant(读课文回答问题)
Ss Turn left
(4)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(5)Read in roles
教学资源:课件录音机
设计意图:教学句型简单复杂逐步学层层递进
Step 4 Practice
1 Play a game
(1)Guess the words
课件呈现单词turn straight crossing right left开头结尾遮住学生快速猜测读出单词
(2)雷游戏
教师黑板中单词方画雷学生读黑板单词遇雷单词安静
(3)动作说词组
请名学生讲台前做出turn leftright go straight动作学生说词组(活动组完成)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通游戏学生玩中巩固B Let’s earn词汇
2 Be a tour guide
班级中举办佳导游选拔赛赛程序先组参加选出代表参加全班评
参考句型:Now we are in front ofnearnext toGo straight go alongTurn leftright at You can see
设计意图:活动通角色扮演运学词汇句型指路简单介绍达活学活目
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师总结
1单词词组:turn left turn right go straight crossing
2左边右边:on the leftright
十字路口:at the crossing
3问路句型:How can I get to theget there
Turn leftrightat the
设计意图:帮助学生整理纳加深知识理解记忆
课堂作业
根汉语单词补充完整
笔直
str _ _ ght
右边
r_ _ _t
转弯
t_ _ n
1 2 3



二图选择正确选项

( )1 A crossing
B go straight

( )2 A turn left
B turn right

( )3 A restaurant
B Italian

三单项选择
( )1______ can I get there
A What B Where C How
( )2 Turn left ______ the bookstore
A in B at C on
( )3 Don’t run ______ the crossing
A in B at C on
( )4 Amy sits beside Sarah Amy is ______the left
A on B in C at
四图补全句子

1 —How can I get to the bookstore
—_______ _______ and _______ ________


2 —Where is the cinema
—_______ _______ at the ________ Go straight
you can see it


Answers
1 ur 2 igh 3 ai
二1A 2B 3A
三1B 2B 3B 4A
四1Go straight turn left 2 Turn right go straight








板书设计
B Let’s learn
turn left 左转 How can I get there
turn right 右转 ()
go straight 直走 Turn leftrightat the
at the crossing十字路口
第四课时
课时容
B Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第单元第四课时第三课时紧密相连围绕吃饭点话题展开通话学句型How can we get there Turn leftright at the表达继续培养学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心课时话两信息点:吴Mike完电影方二问路前者A部分已学者第三课时中初步学课教学奠定基础课时重点情景中灵活运句型How can we get there Turn leftright at the问路作答
课时包括Let’s tryLet’s talk两版块Let’s try呈现吴Mike电话情景通情景设计听力练学生获Let’s talk版块物场景信息进入正式话学做准备Let’s talk 版块通吴Mike 完电影讨吃饭点情景学生感知句型How can we get there Turn leftright at the语义语情景情境设计学生生活息息相关激起学生求知欲
课时涉前面课时容课教学程中采游戏问答等方法复巩固学知识利教材设置情境学话组合作模仿话表演话创编话等充分发挥学生体位
课时目标
1 够理解话意
2 够正确意群语音语调朗读话
3 够听说读写句型:How can we get there Turn left at the bookstore
4 够情景中运句型How can we get there Turn left at the
5 培养学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够理解话意
(2)够正确意群语音语调朗读话
(3)够听说读写句型:How can we get there Turn left at the bookstore
(4)够情景中运句型How can we get there Turn left at the
2 难点
问路作答句型综合运
教学准备:课件录音机磁带话简图
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes
T Ok Let’s begin our class Before our class let’s review some words and phrases first
2 Review some words and phrases
教师呈现十字路口左转右转笔直等单词短语图片指名说
3 Play a game
教师次说出单词left right straight学生说短语做动作例:教师说left 学生说turn left 然做出相应动作反复循环加快语速节奏进行操练
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通游戏复巩固节课知识课话学做准备
3 Ask and answer
T I want to go to the cinema How can I get to the cinema
S1 Turn left and go straight
S2 How can I get to the …
S3
(首先师生问答然指组学生做问答练)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通问答环节复节课学句型学课做铺垫
Step 2 Lead in
Let’s try
1T Good everyone I have some pictures Now let’s have a look (展示Mike 吴物图片) Who are they
Ss Mike and Wu Yifan
T Where do they want to go Guess
S1 The cinema
S2 The

(提供选项学生想法选择)
T Where is the place
S1 Next to the bookstore
S2
(提供选项学生选择)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通听前预测激活学生思维帮助学生抓核心信息听做准备
2播放Let’s try录音学生独立完成听力练师生核答案
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通环节练学生获话物场景信息然渡话学
Step 3 Presentation
1 Learn the dialogue
(1) 听前预测
T Wu Yifan and Mike saw an interesting film Where do they want to go now
S1 The park
T Why
S1 They want to
S2 The They want to

设计意图:听前预测激发学生求知欲丰富学生想象力
(2)播放话整体感知话容
(3)初读课文理解意
a 带着问题读课文
1 Where do they want to go

zoo museum clothes shop Italian restaurant
2 How can they get there
_________ at the _________ Then(然)_________ at the ________








b核答案解课文
教学资源:课件
设计意图:问题设计学生初步解文信息
(4)Teaching Where is the restaurant It’s next to the park on Dongfang Street
a Teaching pizza street
T Wu Yifan is hungry So they want to go to the
Ss Restaurant(带读单词拼读单词齐读单词)
T Why do they want to go to Italian restaurant Because Mike likes to eat pizza(课件呈现pizza图片指名读单词齐读单词)
T But where is the restaurant
Ss It’s next to the park on Dongfang Street(引导学生回答板书on Dongfang Street教学street 联系单词feet meet bee思考字母组合ee发音规律拼读出单词带读单词指名读单词讲解on Dongfang Street强调专属名称首字母写)
b学生练读短语观察异纳介词词组特点
A 组 B组
on Shuguang Street at the bookstore
on Guangming Street at the hospital
on Zhongshan Street at the cinema






(课件先呈现A组学生认读然呈现B组学生认读会学生讨纳两组介词短语特点)
c 呈现句型Where is the restaurant It’s next to the park on Dongfang Street师生问答桌两问答
d 操练句型
桌两练指组练
hospital cinema Lihua Street


bookstore library Zhongshan Street



句型: Where is the ______
It’s next tonear the________ on ________
教学资源:课件
设计意图:学生短语onstreet时学生at the短语较然总结规律培养学生思维力
(5)Teaching How can we get there Turn left at the
a T Italian restaurant is next to the park on Dongfang Sreet How can they get there(板书get there get to讲解get there get to法)
Ss Turn left at he bookstore Then turn right at the hospital(学生齐说)
b 学生画路线
教师发学生张话简图学生画出路线
c 呈现句型How can we get there Turn left at the bookstore指名理解句子分角色读句子)
d 操练句型
句型: How can we get to the______
Turn leftright at the_______
(课件呈现张简图学生操练句型)
教学资源:课件话简图
设计意图:理解问答句型求学生画出路线加深词汇短语句子理解
2 Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(播放录音读录音)
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:读录音培养学生正确语音语调朗读话
3 分角色朗读课文表演课文
设计意图:表演课文加深学生课文理解
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:先呈现整篇课文话学生整体感知语言然学重点语言练语言模仿整体话创设真实情境表演达理解语言运新语言目
Step 4 Practice
1 Make a new dialogue
(1)组合作创编话
Talk about a cinema or restaurant you like
参考句型:
A I like________ Where is the _______
B It’s ________ the _______ on _________ Street
A How can we get there
B __________________________
A Ok Let’s go
(2)指组练
教学资源:课件
设计意图:创编话培养学生间合作意识达巩固语言运语言目
2 Talk and draw
两组手着张worksheet面写想场想街区图没标路线学生互相交流根方信息图里画出方路线
参考句型:How can I get there
Go straight Turn leftTurn right
设计意图:谈谈画画吸引全体学生兴趣达真实语境中运语言目
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师总结
1 get to get there法
2 某街道应说:on Street
3 问路句型:How can weIyou get there
回答:Turn left right at the
设计意图:纳整理节课学重点知识帮助学生理解记忆运
课堂作业
选出类单词
A pizza
B cake
C crossing

A left
B at
C right

A restaurant
B cinema
C street

1 2 3



二单项选择
( )1 What_______ interesting film
A a B an C
( )2 —How can I _______ there
—Go straight
A get to B go to C get
( )3 Where is the hospital
It’s near the park _______ Dongfang Street
A in B at C on
三改错
( )1 Turn left on the bookstore ________
A B C
( )2 The zoo is next the post office ________
A B C
( )3 How can we get the museum ________
A B C
四连词成句
1 at right hospital the turn()
________________________________________________
2 I know Italian great a restaurant()
________________________________________________

Answers
1C 2B 3C
二1B 2C 3C
三1B at 2 C next to 3C get to
四1 Turn right at the hospital
2 I know a great Italian restaurant








板书设计
B Let’s talk
on Dong fang Street get there
(街道) get to +点 达某
问路:How can we Iyou get there
(get to the)
回答: Turn left at the
第五课时
课时容
B Read and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第单元第五课时围绕Robin运GPS找饭店话题展开通文学词汇far GPS gave feature follow tell够通推理阅读获信息写出文章梗概引导学生解英语句子中升降调教师帮助找般规律正确朗读句子培养学生思维力学英语兴趣树立学英语信心前课时词汇话学课时学奠定基础课时第单元知识拓展课时重点够听说认读单词far GPS gave feature follow tell够捕捉文关键信息够通推理阅读获信息写出文章梗概
课时分读写语音三部分:第部分通图片解古辨方位种方法拓展学生生活常识第二部分提供篇短文短文呈现Robin运GPS吴Mike找饭店情景短文情节非常吸引提高学生阅读兴趣通学生阅读短文完成教材提供读写活动第三部分呈现组句子学生够明白正确读出英语句子升降调
课时词汇学生说定难度教师结合图示联系文帮助学生理解遵循学生体教师导原采取组合作方式全面调动学生参引导学生学培养良阅读惯技巧
课时目标
(1)够听说认读单词:far GPS gave feature follow tell
(2)够通相关细节猜测词义
(3)够知道车辆中种工具帮助找想方
(4)够文中捕捉类型信息够推理获教材提供阅读理解题
(5)够根阅读获取信息写出文章梗概
(6)知道英语句子中升降调教师帮助找般规律正确朗读句子
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说认读单词短语:far GPS gave feature follow tell
(2)够文中捕捉类型信息够推理获教材提供阅读理解题
(3)够根阅读获取信息写出文章梗概
(4)知道英语句子中升降调教师帮助找般规律正确朗读句子
2难点
(1)够通相关细节猜测词义
(2)够根阅读获取信息写出文章梗概
教学准备
媒体课件卡片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too Are you happy today
Ss Yes We’re happy
T What’s the weather like today
S1 It’s
设计意图:通学生交流加深师生间感情
2 Let’s sing
T Do you like music Now let’s enjoy a song together(教师播放歌曲Where is the hospital学生欣赏唱)
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:伴着听歌曲学生快投入课堂
Step 2 Lead in
Play a game
教师准备turn left turn right go straight卡片请名学生讲台前教师名学生举卡片学生根卡片容做动作余学生说出词组
教学资源:卡片
设计意图:通游戏活跃课堂气氛学生玩中复巩固学词汇避免读词汇枯燥
Step3 Presentation
1 阅读前
(1)T:Now look at these pictures(课件呈现Read and write四幅插图)Do you know theses things Look at picture1 What’s this
S1 It’s a map
T What’s this
Ss It’s a compass(引导学生说出带读单词齐读单词)
T What’s this
Ss GPS(板书单词齐读单词理解单词)
T What are they
Ss They are stars(引导学生说出领读单词齐读单词)
(2)学生讨:What are they for
(3)带读四单词:map compass GPS stars
(4)T You are in a car Which of these can help you find a place
Ss GPS
T Yes You are right
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通阅读图片学古辨方位种方法拓展学生生活常识
2阅读中
T Look at the picture This is (Robin) Wu Yifan’s grandpa gave Robin a new feature(板书单词gave feature理解单词)What does he have(呈现短文题目学生齐读)
Ss He has GPS
T Wu Yifan and his friends wanted to go to the Italian restaurant How did they get there What did they pass by
(1)第次阅读
a快速阅读横线画出方
b核答案
(2)第二次阅读
a读课文画出懂词汇follow follow me far work鼓励学生联系文猜测词义
b理解词汇(利简笔画动作联系文等方法理解单词)
c完成课文读写活动
d核答案
(3)第三次阅读
a展示课文听录音读课文模仿正确语音语调
b分角色朗读话
教学资源:课件
设计意图:细读课文理清思路助定语境学新词汇重点句子
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通初读课文细读课文读课文方法层次学课文
3阅读
完成Tips for pronunciation版块练
a呈现Tips for pronunciation版块句子
b播放录音学生读
c组讨句子中声调
d教师结
般情况肯定句特殊疑问句降调般疑问句s升调Follow me please
e语音练
a 呈现句子学生读句子判断语调
1 Where is the cinema
2 Is there a park near here
3 Can I have some chicken please
4 This is a cat
5 Are you a boy
6What s the weather like today







b组讨根语调句子类说出理
教学资源:课件
设计意图:采取组讨方式发言机会思考倾听时增强学生合作意识
Step 4 Practice
1 复述事
两组根提纲复述事
Wu Yifan and his friends want to eat some pizza in an Italian restaurant They ________ and ________ They ____________ and __________ again






设计意图:通复述培养学生语言表达力
2 动手画画
四组根课信息制作吴餐馆线路图
设计意图:激发学生学积极性加深学生课文理解
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发言教师引导学生纳知识点
1学词汇follow follow me far work
2解辨方位种方法:map GPS stars compass
3知道英语句子升降调
般疑问句升调肯定句特殊疑问句降调
设计意图:通师生整理纳强调重点深化知识
课堂作业
选择图片相符选项

( )1 A map ( )2 A stars
B GPS B compass

right

反义词
far

反义词
二求写单词
1 2
work

第三
称单数

3 直走

汉译英
4

三单项选择
( )1 Now we’re _________ the cinema
A in the front of B in front of C in front
( )2 Let’s _________ right at the bookstore
A turn B turns C turning
( )3 You are in a car Which of these can help you find a place _________
A GPS B map C compass
四阅读短文完成练
A How can I get to the restaurant
B First go straight Turn right at the traffic light(交通灯) and then go straight again Next turn right at the cinema You will see the restaurant It’s on your left

Park
Bank
Gym
Cinema
School
Library
Gym
Restaurant
Hospital
Post Office









a 根话画出饭店路线
b 图写出公园图书馆改走
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

Answers
1 B 2 A
二1 near 2 left 3 go straight 4 works
三1 B 2 A 3A
四1略
2 参考范文:First go straight Turn right at the traffic light(交通灯) and then go straight again Next turn left at the gym You will see the library It’s on your right











板书设计
B Read and write
英语句子升降调
升调:般疑问句
降调:肯定句特殊疑问句
Wu Yifan’s grandpa
GPS
gave
feature特点
GPS
全球定位系统


Robin






第六课时
课时容
B Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up C story time
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第单元第六课时前课时紧密相连围绕单元重点词汇句型
展开Let’s check检测单元AB部分核心句型核心词汇书写Let’s wrap it up巩固复纳学介词词组Story time引导学生复巩固拓展单元核心语言告诉学生适度饮食暴饮暴食课时前课时重点知识回顾学会课时掌握知识学生单元重点已掌握课时重点介词词组纳四会词汇掌握句型灵活运
课时包括Let’s check Let’s wrap it up story time三版块Let’s check呈现张图学生学会图片信息中推测考查点目针性听录音完成听力务教师重点培养学生良听力惯持续提高学生听力水Let’s wrap it up 板快呈现Zoom迷惘知走情景激活学生方位词词组储备知识通色块Zoom相位置提示需填写方位介词Story time版块呈现Zoom 问路买食品事事阅读性强情节趣贴学生生活符合学生心理够激发学生阅读兴趣通事学复巩固拓展单元学语言增加学生语言输入
课时复课话题较设计教学程时版块采取方法Let’s wrap it up 量学生总结教师纳培养学生思维力Story time采引导学生初步感知细节学角色表演等方式巩固语言发展语言
课时目标X k B 1 c o m
(1)够独立完成Let’s check培养学生良听力惯
(2)巩固复纳学介词词组
(3)够理解事容
(4)通事复巩固单元重点语言
(5)够表演事恰运事中语言
(6)告诉学生适度饮食暴饮暴食
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够较完成Let’s check培养学生良听力惯
(2)巩固复纳学介词词组
(3)够理解事容
(4)通事复巩固单元重点语言
2难点
够表演事恰运事中语言
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带词卡
教学程
Step 1
Greeting
T Good morningafternoon everybody
Ss Good morningGood afternoon MsMr
T Nice to see you again
Ss Nice to see you too
T:What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s sunnywindy…
T Yeah it’s a sunny day Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes We’re ready
设计意图:通学生间互相问询问天气话题拉进学生间距离正式进入学准备
Step 2 Lead in
1 Sing a song
T Great boys and girls Last class we learned a song Now let’s sing a song together
Ss Where is the hospital
(播放歌曲Where is the hospital学生唱)
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:歌曲导入吸引学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛
2 Review the words
指名拼读cinemabookstorescience museumhospital 全班齐读(教师课件展示单词)
3 Review the phrases
指名认读turn left turn right go straight at the crossing全班做动作说词组
教学资源:课件
设计意图:巩固已学知识环节做准备
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s check
(1) Listen and tick the places you hear Write the words under the picture
a 呈现Let’s check图片学生说出场
b 带着问题听录音
c 校答案请学生没选中图片写出应单词词组
(2)Listen again and answer
a 齐读第题:Where does the boy want to go 指名理解句子
b 鼓励学生完整句子回答
c 齐读第二题:How can he get there from the post office 指名理解句子
先口头描述听录音回答
d 师生核答案
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:针性听录音养成良听力惯锻炼学生记忆力提高学生听力技巧
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1) 图讨已出单词next to near beside特点
(2) 指名说
(3) 学生独立完成填空
(4) 师生核
(5) 指名说更方位词教师适时补充
教学资源:课件
设计意图:鼓励学生说方位词训练词汇记忆类策略
3 Learn Story time
(1)介绍事物
(2)介绍事背景
T Zoom wants to get some food but he doesn’t know the way to the shop He asks the way Can he get the food
(3) 播放动画课件整体感知
(4) 学课文
a带着问题细读课文
Where is the London Eye
Can he get the food?
How much food did he eat
Why does Zoom want to eat tanghulu
b组讨问题师生分析
教师适时补充The London Eye Thames知识山楂开胃帮助消化知识提醒学生常生活暴饮暴食
(5)次欣赏事读事
教学资源:课件图片
设计意图:先初步欣赏事解梗概然阅读事分析容次欣赏事层次清楚提高学生阅读理解力
Step 4 Presentation
调整事文分组进行角色练然表演事
设计意图:分角色表演事复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入时培养学生合作意识
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师结
1 复纳介词
2 复单元重点词汇句型
3 学趣事
设计意图:学生发言教师帮助整理纳知识点
课堂作业
求写单词
1 get there(英译汉)___________ 2 右转(汉译英)___________
3 look(三单)___________ 4 in front of(反义词)___________
5 crossing(英译汉)___________ 6 the London Eye(英译汉) ___________
二单项选择
( )1 I want ______ to the zoo
A to go B go C goes
( )2—How can you get there from the library
—______
A It’s in front of the zoo B Turn left at the zoo
C Yes there is
( )3—Is the Thames far from here
—______
A Yes it is B No it is C Yes I do
三求完成句子
1 The cinema is beside the park(画线部分提问)
_______ _______ the _______
2 It’s near the post office(义句转换)
It’s_______ _______ the post office
3 museum left turn the at science(连词成句)
______________________________
四阅读手阅读短文回答问题
Amy Hi Ann Let’s go to the gym
Ann Sure How can we go there
Amy Go to Guangming Street Turn right at the cinema The gym is near it
Ann Ok See you later
Amy See you
1 Where do Amy and Ann want to go
___________________________________
2 How can they get there
___________________________________
Answers
1 2trun right 3 looks 4 behind 5 十字路口6 伦敦眼
二1A 2B 3A
三1 Where is cinema 2 next to 3 Turn left at the science museum
四1 They want to go to the gym
2 They go to Guangming Street Turn right at the cinema The gym is near it











板书设计
B Lets’ wrap it up C story time
介词
beside behind east
near on west
next to in north
left at south
right under
in front of above
Unit2 Ways to go to school
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册第二单元单元话题Ways to go to school
单元通呈现场景提供关表达交通方式交通规句型教学中分三版块:A 部分 B部分C 部分A部分包括四会短语情景话两课时第课时呈现Mrs Smith学生谈周三然公园场景引出四会词组交通方式句型How do we get there By bus第二课时呈现Mike AmyMrs Smith 早晨校谈话情景重点掌握句型How do you come to school I usuallysometimesoften come on foot B部分包括四会单词词组情景话读写三课时第课时呈现Mrs Smith 学生公园前准备马路情景 学四会单词三条交通规第二课时呈现吴学校门口Mr Jones 听医院话情景学会表达遵守交通规句型Don’tIYou must AB部分重点掌握四会单词词组表达交通方式交通规句型C 部分包括听力测试语法结事课时重点复单元学重点词汇句型
课堂教学中首先整体握单元教学容教学重难点然围绕单元题设计教学单元教学容学生生活息息相关充分利课件教材网络资源等方式引导学生思考交流学生创设真实情境表达运学句型
单元需掌握单词音形义非常简单贴学生生活学生非常喜欢学容易掌握单元涉句型中I usuallyoftensometime五年级册教材中已学句型学单元教学定帮助
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写单词词组:by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway wait sloe down go stop
(2)够听说认读单词词组:Mrs early helmet must wear attention pay attention to traffic lights Munich Germany Alaska sled fast ferry Papa Westray Scotland
(3)够听说读写句型:
—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come on foot
Don’t go at the light I must pay attention to the traffic lights
(4)够掌握句式:
How do you+ comego(to)+点 ……?
I comego(to)+点+交通方式 …………
Don’t +动词原形+……
语+must必须……
(5)知道英语句子中连读现象
2 力目标
(1)够正确by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway wait slow down go stop单词词组讨描述交通方式交通规
(2)够情境中恰运句型:Don’t IYou must谈交通规
(3)够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读杂志里关学交通方式报道运单元学核心句型伴提出安全出行建议时仿范例绘制交通规海报
3情感目标
(1) 解国家学生学交通方式
(2) 够辨认常见交通标志解遵守交通规
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway wait sloe down go stop
(2)够正确述单词词组讨描述交通方式交通规
(3)够听说读写句型:
—How do you come to school —I usuallysometimesoften come on foot
Don’t go at the light I must pay attention to the traffic lights
(4)够情境中恰运句型:Don’t IYou must谈交通规
2 教学难点
够情境中恰运四会句型
教学方法
务型教学法合作学法情景交际法愉快教学法活动教学法
教学时间
单元分六课时教学
第课时 A Let’s learn Write and say
第二课时 A Let’s try Let’s talk
第三课时 B Let’s learn Role\play
第四课时 B Let’s try Let’s talk
第五课时 B Read and write
第六课时 B Let’s check Let’s wrap it up C Story time
知识视窗
1 交通标志交通规异
世界部分国家行车辆右走50国窖区左行:英国印度澳利亚日泰国南非巴基斯坦印尼新加坡等国家数英国殖民英联邦成员交通标志设左行方
国家根国具体情况设计种特色交通标志澳洲袋鼠鸸鹋出没方挂袋鼠鸸鹋图案黄色标志表示动物优先通提醒司机注意前方动物出没
2 典交通工具
伦敦—红色双层巴士
1956年双层巴士正式亮相伦敦生活
纽约—黄色出租车
纽约街头着数胜数黄色轿车黄色出租车纽约生活中扮演非常重角色
威尼斯—艇
水城市威尼斯汽车水巴士水出租车特色种名贡拉型划船贡拉船形呈新月状细长黑色船身扁船底首尾两端尖尖翘起适合狭窄水巷中穿行


第课时
课时容
A Let’s learn Write and say
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第二单元第课时围绕交通方式话题展开学关交通方式词组by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway运句型How do we get there 谈交通方式选择保持学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心第课时单元首课时整单元基础课时重点四会词组掌握够运四会词组讨交通方式
课时包括Let’s learn Write and say两版块Let’s learn通Mrs Smith学生谈周三然公园场景呈现四会词组词形意义情境学生实际生活相关话题引起学生兴趣Write and say 版块综合性语言运活动学生通活动结合实际巩固运A部分学词汇句型
课时然新授课单词foot bus taxi bike plane三年级教材中已学课学基础设计课教学程时采引导学学相结合方式运情景教学法愉快教学法合作学法等教学方法调动全体学生学积极参培养学生学兴趣
课时目标
(1)够听说读写词组:by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway (2)够听说读写句型How can you get there By bus
(3)够结合句型How do we get there By bus谈交通方式选择
(5)保持学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写词组:by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway(2)够听说读写句型How can you get there By bus
(3)够结合句型How do we get there By bus谈交通方式选择
2难点
够灵活运句型How can you get there By bus谈交通方式选择
教学准备
媒体课件图片卡片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s
T How do you feel
Ss
T Now before our class let’s play a game
设计意图:师生间交流拉学生间距离
2 Play a game
T What’s this Guess
S1 A
S2 A
师生玩猜单词游戏汽车脚行车公汽车图片遮住部分学生猜出单词
教学资源:课件
设计意图:游戏设计学生快速进入学状态时复课相关单词
Step 2 Lead in
Let’s chant
a T Good boys and girls I have a chant for you Let’s listen 教师播放歌谣学生倾听
How do you come to school
Sometimes by bike
Sometimes by bus
But never come by train
How do you get to London
Never on foot never by bus
Always by train or by plane









b 次播放录音学生轻声吟唱
教学资源:课件
设计意图:吟唱歌谣激发学生学兴趣复巩固已学词汇时Let’s learn学做铺垫
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching on foot by bus by taxi by subway by plane by train by ship
(1) Teaching on foot by bus by taxi by subway
T My home is far from our school I come to school by car How do you come to school(教师板书by car 然根学生学方式指名说教师板书by bus by bike on foot)
S1 By bus
S2 By car
S3 by bike
S4 On foot
T We have many ways to come to school(齐读板书词组)What else Look at the picture We can come by
Ss Taxi(板书by taxi学生拼读)
T We can come by(课件呈现铁图片)
Ss Subway(板书by subway 联系单词wayu发音规学生试着拼读指名读带读by subway齐读)
(2) Teaching by plane by ship
T In fact when go outside we have many ways to go to many places (教师指板书学生认读词组)
We can also go(课件呈现飞机图片)
Ss By plane(指名拼读带读分组拼读齐拼读)
T We can also go(课件呈现轮船图片)
Ss By ship(板书by ship 利i拼读规学生试着拼读指名读带读拼读齐读联系单词sheep较二者发音强调ship中i发音sheep中ee发音)
(3) 听录音读词组
(4) 升降调读词组
(5) 两练读词组
(6) 记忆词组
by bus by bus 公汽车by taxi by taxi出租车 by subway by subway铁 by train by train 火车by plane by plane飞机 by ship by ship 轮船 on foot on foot 步行






(7)观察词组找规律
by +交通工具表示……

教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:教学单词subway ship引导学生联系旧知运拼读规认读单词培养学生拼读力知识灵活运力
2 Learn the dialogue
(1)呈现 A Let’s learn 版块Mrs Smith学生讨场景
T Who are they
Ss Mrs Smith Mike Sarah Amy and Wu Yifan
T Yes What are Mrs Smith and her students talking about Can you guess
S1
S2
(请名学生猜测)
T They are going to the nature park next Wednesday
How do they get there Guess
S1 By bus
S2 By car

(学生猜测)
Mrs Smith and
her students
next Wednesday
When

How
the nature park
Where











(课件呈现思维导图帮助学生梳理素:时间点交通方式)
(2)组讨采取交通方式说明理然分组

by plane by ship
by subway by taxi
by car
×
by bus
on foot






(3)听录音读录音
(4)读课文解决问题
How do they get to the nature park
(5)分角色朗读课文表演课文
(6)背诵课文
(7)创编话指组练
参考句型:A Let’ s go to the ______
B GreatOkHooray
A How do we get there
B ________
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:学生学话表演话创编话提高学生学力加深话理解
Step 4 Practice
1 Play games
(1) 教师出示词组词卡请学生快速认读词组读遍教师某词组处停住提问学生:What’s next 学生根记忆说出词组汉语
(2) 请名学生台前抽取图片学生根图片说出词组
教学资源:词卡图片
设计意图:通游戏形式练Let’s learn词汇学生达熟练程度
2 Write and say
(1)教师布置学生From列写出出发To列写出目然根实际情况选择适交通工具
(2)两组交流出行方式
句型:A How do you get to from
B On footBy
(3)指组练
设计意图:巩固运A部分学词汇做活学活
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson 学生说教师总结
1 学交通方式词组:by plane by train by taxi by ship on foot by bus by subway
2 某种交通工具:介词by+交通工具
3 学谈交通方式句子:—How do you we get there
—On footBy
设计意图:鼓励学生积极发言帮助学生整理纳加强学生记忆
课堂作业
图片写出相应交通方式
1 2 3 4


_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
二单项选择
( )1—Let’s go to the zoo
—_________
A Thanks B Great C Bye
( )2—How do you get there
—_________
A By foot B On feet C On foot
( )3 I go to school _________train
A on B by C in
三写写
China
the USA


1 —How do you get to the USA from China
—_______ _______
the park
your home



2 —How do you ______ ______ the park from your home
—______ _______





3 —__________________________________________
—______ ______

Answers
1 by plane 2 by bus 3 by ship 4 by taxi
二1B 2 C 3B
三1 By plane 2get to By subway 3 略






板书设计
Unit Two Ways to school
A Let’s learn
A Let’s go to the ________
B Great OkHooray
A How do we get there
B _______

car
bike
bus
subway
by+交通工具 train
(……) taxi
plane
on foot

第二课时
课时容
A Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第二单元第二课时第课时紧密相连围绕学交通方式话题展开节课通话情景学会英语表达学句型How do you come to school I usuallysometimesoften come激发学生学英语兴趣第课时中交通方式词组学课时奠定基础课时重点够情景中运句型How do you come to school I usuallysometimesoften come提问作答
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk 两版块Let’s try听力训练呈现MikeAmy早晨校谈话情景通听力练获Let’s talk版块物场景信息进入正式话做准备
Let’s talk呈现Mike AmyMrs Smith早晨校谈学交通方式场景情景设置真实学生非常感兴趣激发学生学热情想英语表达欲
课时出现词组by bike by car by bus on foot学生第课时已学会表达频度副词usually sometime often五年级册教材中接触教学课时先采问答歌曲等方法复前面学知识帮助学生回忆接着采学生学教师引导相结合方式帮助学生更理解运语言通游戏调查员等活动巩固运语言
课时目标
1 够听说读写句型:How do you come to school Usually I come on foot
2 够完成Let’s try
3 够理解话意
4 够正确意群语音语调朗读话
5 够情景中运句型How do you come to school I usuallysometimesoften come提问作答
6 激发学生英语表达热情保持英语学兴趣
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写句型:How do you come to school Usually I come on foot
(2)够完成Let’s try
(3)够理解话意
(4)够正确意群语音语调朗读话
(5)够情景中运句型How do you come to school I usuallysometimesoften come提问作答
2难点
(1)单词early理解
(2)情景中恰运句型How do you come to school I usuallysometimesoften come提问作答
教学准备
媒体课件词卡录音机磁带调查表
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T Nice to see you again
Ss Nice to see you too
T What do you do on the weekend
S1 I usually
S2 I often sometimes(板书单词usually often sometimes)

教学资源:课件
设计意图:师生间交谈拉学生间距离复频度副词usually often sometimes正文学做准备
2 Review some phrases
a T Great Everyone now let’s review some phrases (课件呈现by bus by taxi by ship by train by subway by plane on foot词卡学生说词组)
b 学生齐读词组by bus by taxi by ship by train by subway by plane on foot
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:词卡认读复巩固节课知识学学基础
3 Let’s sing
教师播放歌曲How do you get there学生唱
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:歌曲运吸引学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛复节课知识
Step 2 Lead in
1 Let’s try
(1) T Who are they(呈现Let’s talk插图)
Ss Mike and Amy
T Who’s this lady
Ss Mrs Smith
T Where are they
Ss At school
T Amy and Mike meets Mrs Smith this morning What are they talking about
Please guess
(2) Listen to the tape and tick or cross
指名读题目然完成练
(3)师生核答案
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:听前预测做目听录音提高听力技巧获Let’s talk版块物场景信息
How do you come to school
Sometimes by bike
Sometimes by bus
But never come by train
How do you get to London
Never on foot never by bus
Always by train or by plane

2 Let’s chant
播放Let’s chant 学生拍手吟唱




教学资源:课件录音机
设计意图:活跃课堂气氛然引起文
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching How do you come to school I usuallyoftensometimes come to
(1)T I usually come to school on foot How do you come to school(板书问句指名理解句子)
S1 I usually come to school(板书句子I usually come)
S2 I often come (引导学生回答)
S3 I often come Sometimes I come

(找名采交通方式学学生说说教师适时追问why)
(2)齐读频度副词usually often sometimes指名理解
呈现always never利图表帮助学生理解
always 100%
usually 80%
often 60%
sometimes 20%
never 0






(3)Do the dialogue in pairs
A How do you come to school
B I usuallyoften sometimes comeIt’s nearfarnot far
(4) 指组练
教学资源:课件
设计意图:学生实际生活入手激发学生想表达欲
2 Let’s talk
(1)带着问题整体感知话
T Look at the picture They are Mrs Smith Mike and Amy How do they go to school(板书句子)Please read the dialogue
(2)理解You’re early
(3)读课文分组讨问题
①How does Amy go to school
②How does Mike go to school
③How does Mrs Smith go to school
(4)指名说适时相应位置粘贴图片

Amy
Mike
Mrs Smith
usually



often



sometimes








理解第三问题时指名说句话知道然讲解I usually walk 指名理解walk强调义句I come to school on foot势理解That’s good exercises
(5)理解gocome法
教师领读黑板句型:How do you come to school How do they go to school
学生思考句型异图帮助学生理解come go

You’re here
there
come
go





(6)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(7)Read in role
(8)Act the dialogue
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:处理环节采取先整体感知话抓重点提取关键信息然整体握逐步培养学生阅读方法阅读力
Step 4 Practice
1 Play a game Who is fast
教师说句子 I go to school by planeI come to school by ship 学生马做出判断否符合逻辑符合逻辑读符合逻辑双手交叉说No 教师示范次学生说句子
设计意图:训练学生理解描述交通方式句子
2 活动调查员
调查班里学学交通方式完成P14调查务进行全班汇总
参考句型:—How do you come to school
—I usuallyoftensometimes
设计意图:创设情境锻炼学生口语表达力巩固运学句子
Step 5 Summary
T Boys and girls what did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师整理
1 学单词early
1 学谈交通方式句子:How do you comego to
I usuallyoftensometimes gocome
2 知道I usually walkI gocome to on foot
设计意图:教师帮助学生纳整理节课重点句型加深学生知识记忆
课堂作业
图写出相应交通方式
1 2 3



__________ __________ __________
二单项选择
( ) 1 I come to school______ It’s not far
A on foot B by subway C by plane
( ) 2 I often go to school ______bus
A on B buy C by
( ) 3 Mike often comes by bike ______ by bus
A sometime B sometimes C some times
( )4 I usually ______to the park
A walk B on foot C goes
三连词成句
1 I usually to come by taxi school()
_________________________________________________
2 is good that exercise()
_________________________________________________
3 do how you to come school()
_________________________________________________
四阅读手阅读短文判断正T误F
Ann Let’s go to Zhongshan Park
Lucy Hooray
Ann How do we get there
Lucy It’s easy Come to my home by bike Then we go to Zhongshan Park by bus
Ann Where is your home
Lucy It’s next to the science museum
Ann Which floor
Lucy The first floor Room 2 A
Ann See you
Lucy See you
( )1 Ann and Lucy want to go the zoo
( )2 They go to the park by bike
( )3 Lucy comes to Ann’s home by bus
( )4 Lucy’s home is behind the science museum
Answers
1 by car 2 on foot 3 by bike
二1 A 2 C 3 B 4A
三1 I usually come to school by taxi Usually I come to school by taxi
2 That is good exercise
3 How do you come to school
四1F2F3F4F










板书设计
A Let’s talk
频度副词
always How do you come to school early早
usually I usuallyoftensometimes come I usually walk
often I come to school on foot
sometimes

第三课时
课时容
B let’s learn Roleplay
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第二单元第三课时围绕交通规话题展开通话学单词词组traffic lights wait slow down go三条交通规句型must 表达引导学生解交通标志学生渗透遵守交通规激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心前两课时关交通方式表达课时关交通规表达容然衔接课时重点四会单词词组掌握熟练运句型must提出建议
课时包括Let’s learn Roleplay两版块Let’s learn呈现Mrs Smith 学生公园前准备马路场景通场景呈现单词词组词形意义Roleplay
操练B Let’s learn版块中关马路交通规单词词组通盲问路帮助盲马路角色扮演达真实语境中交流目
课时然新授课四会单词wait go stop light前教材中涉学生容易掌握设计教学程时利真实情景展开教学遵循学生体原采愉快教学法合作教学法情景教学法等种教学方法充分调动全体学生参学生轻松愉快环境掌握学知识
课时目标
1 够听说读写单词词组:traffic lights wait slow down go
2 够听说认读句子:Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light
Go at a green light
3 够熟练运句型must提出建议
4 够解基交通规红灯黄灯绿灯功
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:traffic lights wait slow down go
(2)够听说认读句子:Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light
Go at a green light
(3)够熟练运句型must提出建议
2难点
(1) 够熟练运句型must提出建议
(2)单词traffic发音书写
教学准备
课件制轮盘词卡录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T I’m fine too What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s sunny
T How do you come to school Why
S1 I come It’s farnear

设计意图:师生间交流拉学生间距离复旧知
2 Play a game
教师转动轮盘指组句型How do you come to school I come做问答练(转盘on foot by bus by car by bike by taxi by subway等交通方式图片)
教学资源:制转盘
设计意图:游戏设计活跃课堂气氛学生玩程中巩固节课知识
Step 2 Lead in
T Look at the pictures(课件呈现种类颜色灯)What are they
Ss They are lights(拼读单词lights)
T Yes There are many different lights around us Do we see lights in different colours in our city
Ss Yes Neon lights traffic lights(引导学生说出板书traffic lights简笔画画出轮廓)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通图学生交流然引出traffic lights
Step 3 Presentation
1 Learn about traffic lights
T Look at the traffic lights Please follow me(读词组指名读齐读)How many colours does the traffic lights have
Ss Three
T What are they
Ss Red yellow and green(学生边说教师边板书交通灯简笔画涂色板书red light yellow light green light)
设计意图:利简笔画教学生动趣直观吸引学生学兴趣注意力
2 Learn traffic rules
(1) T What do they mean Do you know
S1 (学生中文描述)
T It’s a red light We must stop and wait(板书Stop and wait带读结合单词straight强调ai发音指名理解组读)
It’s a yellow light We must slow down and stop(板书slow down and stop引导学生联系单词snow follow bowl 找出ow发音规然拼读出单词slow理解短语slow down指名读齐读)
It’s a green light What does it mean
Ss Go
T Yes You are right
(2) Read the chant together
Red red red stop and wait
Yellow yellow yellow slow down and stop
Green green green go go go





(3)Play a game
教师全体学生玩听指令做动作游戏:教师说Red 学生说Stop and wait做出相应动作做错学淘汰
(4) Learn the traffic rules
T When do we go
Ss Green light
T Yes We can say Go at a green light(板书at a齐读句子)When do we stop and wait
Ss Stop and wait at a green light(引导学生说出理解句子)
T When do we slow down at a yellow light
Ss Slow down and stop at a yellow light
(5)Listen to the tape and follow the tape(播放录音读交通规)
(6)Read the traffic rules
a 师生接读生生接读:教师说Go学生说at a green light
b 分组读男女生读
(7)Remember the traffic rules
教学资源:课件
设计意图:利真实情景教学知识融入生活帮助学生更理解歌游戏学生轻松环境掌握知识提高学效率
3 Learn the dialogue
(1) T Look at the picture(呈现教材插图)Who are they
Ss Mrs Smith Mike Amy and John
T Where are they going
Ss The nature park
T Where are they now
Ss At the crossing
T They must pay attention to the traffic rules
(2) Listen to the tape and follow the tape
T Mike wants to go at a red light Right
Ss No They must stop and wait(板书单词must理解单词带读单词)
(3) Read the dialogue in pairs
(4)Make a new dialogue
(5) Act the dialogue
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:听录音读集中学生注意力提高学生口语表达听力力创编话表演话拓展学生思维力培养学生想象力语言综合运力
Step 4 Practice
1 What’s next
教师次序出示组单词卡片学生快速认读然学生次认读组单词卡片单词读遍教师某处停住提问What’s next学生根记忆说出单词
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:学生熟练掌握学词汇锻炼学生记忆力
2 Roleplay
(1)四组中扮演盲两做带路者两演示红绿灯
(2)发挥想象创编话
参考句型:A Excuse me How can I get to
B Go straightTurn left Let me help you
It’s light Slow down and waitStop and waitGo
A Thank you
(3)组表演话
教学资源:红绿灯卡片
设计意图:通活动增强学生组合作意识达真实语境中交流目
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生说教师总结
1 学单词词组:slow slow down stop wait go traffic traffic light
2 学三条交通规:Slow down and stop at a yellow light Stop and wait at a red light
Go at a green light
设计意图:鼓励学生积极发言帮助学生系统整理知识点便学生记忆
课堂作业
交通灯涂色交通规连线
1 Slow down and stop


3 Go
2 Stop and wait





二面单词宝宝分类
red wait bus green train
stop plane yellow go ship




颜色
交通工具
动词
1 2 3



三根汉语意思补全句子
1 交通灯
Look at the _______ _______
2 公园边
The park is ______ _______
3 绿灯时候走
You can ________ ________ a green light
4 黄灯时候减速慢行
______ ______ ______a _______ light
Answers
颜色次红色黄色绿色红色第2连黄色第连绿色第3连
二red green yellow 2 wait stop go 3 bus train plane ship
三1traffic lights 2 over there 3 go at 4 Slow down at yellow








板书设计
B Let’s learn
Slow down and stop

Go
Stop and wait
red light
yellow light
green light


at a




traffic lights
must
…… 必须……

第四课时
课时容
B Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第二单元第四课时第三课时紧密相连继续围绕交通规话题展开通话学表达遵守交通规句型must Don’t 学解欧美国家骑行车注意事项解交通警示标志标志出现场培养学生学英语兴趣继续学生渗透德育教育第三课时中句型must学课时奠定学基础课时重点句型mustDon’t 灵活运
课时包括Let’s tryLet’s talk两版块Let’s try通Mrs Smith学生公汽车时交谈交代吴爷爷生病行容B Let’s talkRead and write情节展开做铺垫学生通听力练获B Let’s talk版块物场景信息进入正式话学做准备Let’s talk 版块通吴学校门口Mr Jones 听医院话学生感知mustDon’t语义语情景
课题涉前面课时容设计课教学程时采词卡认读游戏等方法帮助学生复巩固学知识话学采整体感知话局部处理语言分角色表演话等方法充分发挥学生体作巩固练采会说中外交通规少画画等活动调动学生学积极性扎实拓展学知识
课时目标
1 够听说读写句型:Don’t go at the red light I must pay attention to the traffic lights
2 够理解话意
3 够正确意群语音语调朗读话
4 够掌握句型must Don’t 表达遵守交通规
5 够理解情景语言I must pay attention to the traffic lights意
6 解欧美国家骑行车注意事项解交通警示标志标志出现场
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够听说读写句型:Don’t go at the red light I must pay attention to the traffic lights
(2)够理解话意
(3)够正确意群语音语调朗读话
(4)够掌握句型must Don’t 表达遵守交通规
(5) 够理解情景语言I must pay attention to the traffic lights意
2 难点
够情景中运句型must Don’t 表达遵守交通规
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带词卡
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too Boys and girls let’s sing a song together
Ss Ok
(播放歌曲第二单元师生演唱)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:师生唱歌拉教师学生间距离调动全体学生积极性活跃课堂气氛时复A Let’s learn学出行方式
2 Review some words and phrases
T Great Everyone now I have some word cards Let’s read and translate 教师展示词卡slow slow down stop wait go traffic lights 学生认读翻译
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:认读词卡复巩固节课学词汇
3 Play a game
教师意举起制红灯黄灯绿灯学生做出相应动作说说:教师举起红灯学生做出停等动作说Stop and wait
教学资源:制红灯黄灯绿灯
设计意图:通做做说说游戏学生玩程中增强知识理解记忆
Step 2 Lead in
1 Review the traffic rules
T Where ever we go we must know and obey the traffic rules Now let’s remember the traffic rules
Ss Slow down and stop at a yellow light
Stop and wait at a red light
Go at a green light
设计意图:背诵三条交通规复节课知识Let’s talk学奠定基础
2 Let’s try
(1) 介绍听力背景
T Look at the children What are they doing(呈现Let’s try图片图理解one by one)
Mrs Smith and the children are going to the nature park What does Mrs Smith tell the children to do Can you guess(学生尝试猜测)
S1 Stop and wait at a red light

(2)Listen to the tape and answer the question
What does Mrs Smith tell the children to do
(3)T Where is Wu Yifan Why doesn’t he go with them(指名说)
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:听力练训练学生听力技巧提高听力力时Let’s talk情节展开做铺垫
Step 3 Presentation
1 整体感知话回答问题
(1) T Wu Yifan goes to the hospital to meet his grandpa How can he get there Guess
S1 He can go to the hospital by bus

T Then how does he get there Let’s read the text
(2) 读课文 指名回答问题
S1 Take the No 57 bus over there(理解单词No板书单词领读单词齐读单词带读句子简笔画理解句子齐读句子)
2 次阅读话理解重点句子
(1) T What are Wu Yifan and Mr Jones talking about
Ss Pictures of bikes
T Where are the pictures from
Ss They’re from Mr Jones’ cousin in the USA(理解句子齐读句子)
(2) Teaching In the USA people on bikes must
T What’s the man doing (呈现戴着头盔骑行车图片)
S1 He’s riding a bike
T What’s this(手指头盔引导学生回答)
Ss It’s a helmet(板书单词helmet教读指名读齐读拼读)
T What do you know about riding a bike in the USA(引导学生回答)
Ss In the USA people on bikes must wear the helmets(课件呈现句子理解句子指名读单词wear理解wear强调音词where分组读句子齐读句子)
(3)Teaching Don’t I must
a T What is right when we see the red light
S1 Slow down and stop
T Yes Don’t go at the red light(课件呈现句子理解句子板书Don’t讲解don’t法)
b 呈现组违反交通规图片学生Don’t练说话
c T We must pay attention to the traffic lights(板书句子I must pay attention to the traffic lights理解单词must短语pay attention to教读带读指名读齐读理解句子渗透遵守交通规德育教育)
3听录音读录音
4分角色朗读话表演话
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:处理环节采取先整体感知话抓住重点处理局部语言然整体握培养学生阅读方法逐步提高学生阅读力
Step 4 Practice
1会说
教师提供生活中遵守遵守交通规图片学生判断提出建议:提供张朋友闯红灯图片学生判断
T Is heshe right
Ss No
T What can you say to him
S1 Don’t go at a red light It’s dangerous
教学资源:课件
设计意图:巩固句型Don’t
2中外交通规知少
教师提供国家交通规图片文字视频学生中国交通规然说说
参考句型:In China you must Don’t
In England
设计意图:丰富学生知识培养学生语言综合运力
3 画画
(1)呈现教材P16面标志问学生方见标志
(2)学生独立思考生活中交通标识画组交流
设计意图:解交通标志出现场合意义培养学生口语表达力
Step 5 Summary
T Boys and girls what did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师纳
1学生单词词组 No helmet pay attention to
2学谈交通规句型:Don’t
I must
设计意图:教师帮助学生纳整理节课重点知识加深学生知识记忆
课堂作业
求写单词
go

反义词

wear



音词

1 2

don’t
347


完全形式

交通灯


汉译英


3 4

二单项选择
( )1 _______ can I get to the Fuxing Hospital
A What B Where C How
( )2 I must pay attention _______ the traffic lights
A to B at C in
( )3 In the USA people on bikes must wear the_______
A helmets B shirts C gloves
( )4 Don’t’ _______ at the red light
A go B stop C wait
三读句子选择正确图片
( )1 —What’s this —It’s a helmet
A B


( )2 He can take the No 12 bus to the park
12
A B


( )3 You must look right before you cross the road
A B


Answers
1 where 2 come 3 traffic lights 4 do not
二1C 2A 3A 4A
三1 B 2B 3A







板书设计
B Let’s talk
No 57
Fuxing Hospital

must
……必须……
I must pay attention to the traffic lights
注意
Don’t…
……


第五课时
课时容
B Read and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第二单元第五课时围绕Different ways to go to school话题展开通阅读文学词汇Munich Germany Alaska sled fast ferry Papa Westray Scotland解国家学生学交通方式锻炼学生细节推理力理解力通语音学掌握文段中连读现象激发学英语兴趣树立学英语信心前课时词汇话学课时学奠定定基础课时第二单元知识拓展延伸课时重点够语篇中寻找关键信息根阅读获取信息完成系列活动知道语音连读现象
课时Read and write版块分读写语音三部分第部分求阅读图片文段回答两问题第二部分意思读促写活动分两步骤:第步前文提朋友选择交通建议第二步朋友制作交通建议海报第三部分语音意识培养通示例掌握文段中连读现象文呈现吴爷爷生病住院Robin爷爷阅读国家学生学交通方式文章文段容新鲜趣符合学生心理够激起学生阅读欲
课时词汇量学生说定难度教师利真实图片视频帮助学生理解着学生体教师导原采取学组合作方式积极调动学生参培养良阅读惯技巧
课时目标
(1)够听说认读单词:Munich Germany Alaska sled fast ferry Papa Westray Scotland
(2)够通阅读问题训练语篇中寻找关键信息进行细节推理
(3)够根示范海报完成安全海报设计
(4)够知道英语句子中单词间连读现象根例句提示文段中找更类现象终正确朗读句子
(5)解国家学生学交通方式
(6) 培养学生推理力理解力激发学英语兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够通阅读问题训练语篇中寻找关键信息进行细节推理
(2)解国家学生学交通方式
(3)够知道英语句子中单词间连读现象
2难点
(1)够根阅读获取信息完成活动
(2)根例句提示文段中找更类现象终正确朗读句子
教学准备
媒体课件卡片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
2 Let’s chant
T I have a chant for you Let’s chant together(播放歌学生拍手吟唱)
How do you go to school
Sometimes by bike
Sometimes by car
But I never go by train
How do you get to Pairs
Never on foot never by bike
Always by car or plane








教学资源:课件
设计意图:歌运活跃课堂气氛复已学词汇句子正文学做准备
Step 2 Lead in
1 Ask and answer
T How do you come to school
S1 I come

T Do you come to school by planeby train
Ss No I don’t
2 T Look at the picture(呈现吴爷爷卧病床图片)Who is he
Ss He’s Wu Yifan’s grandpa
T He’s ill What does Robin want to do
Ss He wants to read a magazine to him(引导学生说出)
T What’s it about Let’s have a look together
设计意图:通师生讨解正文背景进入正式阅读做铺垫
Step3 Presentation
1 阅读前
(1)呈现第幅图
T Look at picture 1 How do the children go to school(指名回答)
(2)总结区学生常见学交通方式
(3)呈现第二幅图第三幅图
T How do the children go to school
(指名回答板书sledferry教读sled指名读齐读)
(4)呈现第四幅图学生猜测学方式
设计意图:通观察图片初步感知文段容
2 阅读中
(1)第次阅读
a 学生快速阅读文段横线画出交通方式曲线画出点
b 学生核
c 教读Munich Germany Alaska Papa Westray Scotland
(2)第二次阅读
a 细读文段完成表格

Different ways
to go to school
Munich ______
___________
______ USA
___________
____________
____________
____________
by ferry













b 组讨核答案
c 指组描述根描述容板书
Some children go to school
d 完成Read and write 两问题
(3)第三次阅读
播放录音读录音
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通初读细读读模仿朗读培养学生阅读方法惯
3阅读
(1)针文段中四种交通方式提出安全建议
(2)课件呈现书安全建议学生阅读补充没出现建议
(3)学Tips for pronunciation
a播放Listen clap and repeat版块练学生读感知连读现象
b教师学生起总结连读规律
c回文章中找出连读现象方朗读
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:学语音学生感知然找规律
Step 4 Practice
分组讨针组成员学交通方式提出安全建议制作海报
设计意图:通学生动手操作种活泼趣活动提高学生学兴趣够学知识灵活运
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发言教师总结
(1)学单词词组:Munich Germany Alaska Papa Westray Scotland by sled by ferry
(2)解国家学生学交通方式
(3)学语音连读
设计意图:师生整理纳强调重点
课堂作业
选出类单词
( )1 A China B Germany C Munich
( )2 A ferry B sled C foot
( )3 A run B work C must
二单项选择
( )1 Some kids go to school ________ It’s fast
A on foot B by sled C by bike
( )2 Let me read this_________ you
A of B for C to
( )3 You must drive_________
A slowly B slow C near
三求完成句子
1 Some children go to school by ferry(汉译英)
___________________________________________
2 Let the dogs run too fast(变否定句)
___________________________________________
3 must we stop red a light at()(连词成句)
___________________________________________
4 You must wear a life jacket(英译汉)
___________________________________________
四阅读手阅读短文判断句子正T误F
In China most students go to school by bike or by bus Some live near their schools They usually go to school on foot What about the students in other countries In the USA most students go to school by school bus or by car In Venice the students go to school by boat
( )1The students go to school by boat ________
A in Venice B in New York C in Alaska
( )2 In China most students go to school________
A by bike B by car C by subway
( )3 In the USA most students go to school by_______
A bus B school bus C ferry
Answers
1C 2C 3C
二1C 2B 3A
三1学生轮渡学
2 Don’t let the dogs run too fast
3 We must stop at a red light
4 必须穿救生衣
四1A2A3B









板书设计
B Read and write
Papa Westray Scotland
Jiangxi China
Munich Germany
by sled
by ferry by plane
Alaska USA
Different ways
to go to school
by sled
by ferry












第六课时
课时容
B Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up C story time
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第二单元第六课时前课时紧密相连围绕单元重点词汇句型展开Let’s check检测单元AB部分核心句型考查单元核心词汇书写Let’s wrap it up单元句型句法纳Story time引导学生灵活运单元学语言增加语言输入提高学生口语表达力表演力持续激发学英语兴趣时引导学生解中国英国交通规差异课时前课时重点词汇句型总结课时重点重点词汇掌握重点句型运
课时包括Let’s check Let’s wrap it up story time三版块Let’s check呈现四幅图学生学会图片信息中推测考查点做目针性听录音注意培养学生良听力惯持续提高学生听力水Let’s wrap it up 板快通呈现四组Mike说话引导学生总结comego法启发学生思维Story time版块呈现Amy朋友Annie家中国游玩事事趣味性强学生实际生活相关通事学复巩固单元句型
We must外解中国英国交通规差异
课时总结复课Let’s wrap it up学生总结组纳师生整理培养学生思维力Story time通整体感知答疑解惑调整文分组表演方式帮助学生积累丰富语言巩固发展语言培养学生想象力
课时目标
(1)够较完成Let’s check
(2)够理解掌握comego法
(3)够理解事容正确意群语音语调朗读事
(4)通事复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入
(5)够表演事恰运事中语言
(6)培养学生学英语兴趣增强团队合作意识
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够较完成Let’s check
(2)够理解掌握comego法
(3)够理解事容正确意群语音语调朗读事
(4)通事复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入
2难点
事表演
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带词卡
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everybody
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s sunnywindy…
T Yeah it’s a sunny day How do you come to school
S1 I come

设计意图:教师学生间相互问候相互交流增进教师学生间感情正式进入学做心理准备
Step 2 Lead in
1 Sing a song
T Boys and girls Do you like English songs
Ss Yes
T Ok Let’s enjoy a song How do you go to school(播放歌曲学生熟悉旋律歌词)Can you sing Let’s sing together
T and Ss I go to school by bus…
教学资源:课件
设计意图:歌曲导入激发学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛巩固已学词汇句型
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s check
T Now let’s look at some pictures (展示Let’s check图片)
(1) Listen and number
a 请学生逐图尝试话描述图片
b 播放录音图片排序
c 校答案
(2)Listen again and answer the questions
a 教师逐提问学生说说
b 播放录音学生通录音写单词
c 校答案注意单词拼写
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先图做听力学会图片信息中推测考查点意识听录音持续提高听力水
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1)呈现Mike头Mike说话学生阅读判断Mike方
(2)师生核答案
(3)组讨总结come go时说话者点变化
(4)呈现组例子学生判断
1 A How do you go to the park In the park
B I usually go by car Not in the park
2 A How does Bob come to school At school
B He usually comes on foot Not at school
3 Come to the playground to play with me On the playground
Not on the playground
4 Go to the museum At the museum
Not at the museum












教学资源:课件
设计意图:引导学生观察总结规律启发学生思维培养学生学意识
3 Learn Story time
(1) 呈现事背景
T Amy’s friend Annie comes to China
(2) 带着问题观动画时放录音初步解事梗概
Where is Annie from
Where are they
(3)深入学事
a 带着问题读课文
How do they go home
Which side do the drivers drive in China
What about the drivers in the UK
b 理解课文组讨完成填空
In China drivers drive on the _______ side of the road
In the UK drivers drive on the _______ side of the road
In China people must look _______first then look ______crossing the road
In the UK people must look _______ crossing the road
(指名汇报核答案然学生解释中英两国交通规区)
(4)次欣赏事读事
(5)调整文分角色练
(6)分角色表演事
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:先初步欣赏动画整体感知然答疑理解事模仿表演事促进学生语言积累吸收学生思维发展增加语言输入
Step 4 Presentation
Make a story
两组创编事组表演
设计意图:创编事激发学生想象力锻炼学生逻辑思维力扩词汇量提高口头表达力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师结
1 comego法
2解中英两国交通规
设计意图:师生整理纳 加深知识理解
课堂作业
英汉互译
1 学________ 2 take a bus__________
3 减速_________ 4 轮船__________
5 pay attention to__________
二单项选择
( )1—How _________ Amy go to the park
—On foot
A do B does C is
( )2 In China drivers drive on the _________ side of the road
A left B right C front
( )3 _________ at a green light
A Stop B Go C Slow
( )4 The girl’s father_________ by car
A goes B go C going
三选择合适句子补全话
Lisa Hi Bob How can I get to the Huaxing Hospital
Bob 1________________________
Lisa Thanks Wow So many pictures of bikes
Bob 2________________________
Lisa What’s this
Bob A helmet 3________________________
Lisa I see 4________________________ Bye Bob
Bob 5________________________
A They are from my uncle in the USA
B Oh the bus is coming
C Take the No 901 bus to over there
D In the USA people on bikes must wear one
E Bye Lisa







四练笔
I’m Lingling I have a good friend She’s Linda She usually goes to school on foot because her home is near She gets up early in the morning After breakfast she goes to school Sometimes if she gets up late her father drives her to school She likes playing basketball We often play basketball on the weekend
( ) 1 Linling and Linda are friends
( ) 2 Linda often goes to school on foot
( ) 3 Linda likes playing baseball
( ) 4 Sometimes if Linda gets up late she goes to school by car
Answers
1 go to school 2公交车3 slow down4 by ship5 注意
二1B 2B 3B 4A
三1C 2A 3D 4 B 5 E
四1 T 2F 3 F 4T










板书设计
B Lets’ check Let’ s wrap it up C Story time

come
go
Mike the cinema the museum


the park school
Unit 3 My weekend plan
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册第三单元单元话题My weekend plan
单元通场景提供表达活动计划点时间句型结构三版块A 部分 B部分C 部分A部分包括重点词组情景话两课时第课时呈现Sarah陈杰讨周末计划场景引出重点单词词组句型What are you going to do I’m going to 第二课时呈现MikeSarah电话互相讨明天活动计划场景巩固句型What are you going to do I’m going toA 部分重点掌握词组谈活动容句型
What areisgoing to do We’reI’m going toHeShe is going to B部分包括重点词组情景话读写三课时第课时通JohnJack电影院前讨步计划场景然引出句型Where are you going I’m going 第二课时通AmyJohn回家聊场景呈现句型Where are you going I’m going to When are you going 第三课时呈现谈节日吴日记语音三部分拓展单元知识B部分重点掌握单词谈计划时间点句型Where areis going We’reI’m going to HeShe is going to When areis going C 部分包括B部分听力测试纳般时态C部分事课时重点复巩固单元学重点词汇句型
课堂教学中首先整体握单元教学容解学生基学情确立教学重点教学难点然围绕单元题设计教学单元教学容贴学生生活实际组织语言教学时生活化充分利教材设定情境开展活动采情境教学法愉快教学法合作探究法等种教学方法帮助学生理解掌握学语言运创编话练笔等活动巩固学语言
单元需掌握单词词组中visit grandparents postcard next week tomorrow take see学生接触定印象单元需掌握句型前面教材中没涉注意五年级学现进行时态句型区
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写词组:take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
(2)够听说认读单词词组:lesson space travel half price MidAutumn Festival together get together mooncake poem moon
(3)够听说读写句型:
—What are you going to do tomorrow
—I’m going to have an art lesson
—Where are you going
—I’m going to the cinema
—When are you going
—Next Wednesday
(4)够掌握句式
—What+ be动词+语+going to +do+时间?
—语+be动词+going to +动词原形+
—Where+ be动词+语+going
—语+be动词+going to+点
—When+ be动词+语+going (to +动词短语+)
—语+ be动词+going (to+动词短语+)+时间
(5)知道英语音节单词重音需重读语音现象
2 力目标
(1)够正确take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
谈描述活动计划
(2)够情境中恰运句型谈活动计划容点时间:
What areisgoing to do I’m going toHeShe is going to
Where areis going We’reI’m going toHeShe is going to
When areis going We’reI’m going HeShe is going
(3)够图片文字支持完成表格仿写语句
(4)够图片帮助正确理解正确意群朗读语音语调朗读吴日记
运单元学核心句型口头描述写出中秋节安排
3情感目标
(1)培养学生合理安排学生活力
(2)树立需活动前做合理计划意识鼓励做中学
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1)够听说读写词组:take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
(2)够听说读写句型:
—What are you going to do tomorrow
—I’m going to have an art lesson
—Where are you going
—I’m going to the cinema
—When are you going
—Next Wednesday
2 教学难点
(1)够正确take a trip go to the supermarket visit my grandparents see a film tonight this morning this afternoon this evening next week postcard dictionary comic book word book
谈描述活动计划
(2)够情境中正确运句型谈活动计划容点时间:
What areisgoing to do I’m going toHeShe is going to
Where areis going We’reI’m going toHeShe is going to
When areis going We’reI’m going HeShe is going
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景教学法愉快教学法
教学时间
单元分六课时教学
第课时 A Let’s learn Make a plan
第二课时 A Let’s try Let’s talk
第三课时 B Let’s learn Roleplay
第四课时 B Let’s try Let’s talk
第五课时 B Read and write
第六课时 B Let’s check Let’s wrap it up C Story time
知识视窗
1周二电影半价日
国许电影院周二部分时段全天电影票半价周二电影半价活动始2005年吸引更观众进电影院电影广州部分影院开始试行半价制度半价活动试行吸引量观众中国电影放映协会全国影院发起周二定电影院票价半价日倡议统计年全国44城市168家影院加入该活动实行周二半日价周二半价日强制执行影院愿响应半价日定日期
2般时态
般时态表示某时间发生动作存状态某时间常动作状态常常表示时间状语连
(1)willshall+动词原形构成表示发生事
例:晚雨
It will rain tonight
三点钟?
Shall we get there at 3 o’clock
(2)be going to+动词原形构成表示计划算做某事
例:妈妈算周末带电影
My mother is going to see a film with me next weekend
想成名医生
I am going to be a doctor in the future
算明天火车北京
They are going to Beijing by train tomorrow
(be going to 中系动词be三am is are着称变化变化)
(3)go come leave等动词现进行时态表示时态
例:艾米久中国
Amy is coming to China soon
前海
They are leaving for Shanghai

第课时
课时容
A Let’s learn Listen answer and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第三单元第课时围绕Chen Jie’s weekeed plan话题展开通话学词组visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket this morning this afternoon this evening tonight tomorrow next week句型What are you going to do I’m going to表达持续培养学生学英语兴趣激发学生学英语热情树立学英语信第课时单元基础学会课时掌握知识学课时做铺垫课时重点词组掌握够运核心句型谈周末计划
课时包括Let’s learn Make a plan 两版块Let’s learn通Sarah陈杰话情景呈现单词词组词形意义版块呈现话情境Sarah陈杰谈陈杰周末计划然引出算干什?算……句型谈周末学生感兴趣话题贴学生生活更激发学生学兴趣Make a plan版块综合性语活动通活动结合实际情况巩固A Let’s learn学词汇句型
课时单词词组visit grandparents see take next week morning afternoon evening tomorrow然没集中涉学生学生定基础设计教学程时先游戏简笔画猜猜活动激活旧知然结合教材设置情境学新知运听说读 写玩等种教学手段帮助学生理解巩固学新知全面调动学生积极参学生快乐氛围中学会知识
课时目标
(1)够听说读写单词词组:visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket this morning this afternoon this evening tonight tomorrow next week
(2)够运述单词词组谈描述活动计划
(3)够情景中运句型What are you going to I’m going to计划进行询问作答
(4)持续培养学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket this morning this afternoon this evening tonight tomorrow next week
(2)够运述单词词组谈描述活动计划
2难点
够情景中运句型What are you going to I’m going to计划进行询问作答
教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带卡片
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss:Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss:I’m fine thank you And you
T Very well thanks What do you do on the weekend
S1 I often watch TVplay football…
S2 I usually

设计意图:师生间交流加深教师学生解激活周末活动短语
2 Play a game
Guess what is heshe doing
(课件呈现听音乐弹琵琶放风筝画卡通等图片遮住图片部分学生现进行时态猜测某正做事情)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:猜猜游戏活跃课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣复已学短语句型
Step 2 Lead in
教师利简笔画呈现太阳天位置引导学生猜测morning afternoon evening
教学资源:简笔画
设计意图:简笔画吸引学生注意力效引出时间短语文做准备
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching the new phrases this morning this afternoon this evening tonight
(1) T We are having English class now What are you going to do this afternoon
Ss We are going to (引导学生回答板书this afternoon 理解词义)
(2)样方法教学this morning this evening板书短语指名读理解词义呈现义词tonight先学生读出night然强调to发音教师带读指名读齐读
(3)带读时间短语
(4)总结表示时间短语
next week tomorrow(指名说板书)
(5)时间先序齐读时间短语
设计意图:结合真实情景引出时间短语加深学生短语理解
2 Teaching visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket
(1) T Who is she(呈现陈杰头)
Ss Chen Jie
T What is Chen Jie going to do this weekend Let’s have a look
(2) 呈现外祖父母电影旅行超市图片学短语
a T Look at picture 1 Chen Jie is going to
Ss Visit grandparents
T She’s going to visit her grandparents(板书visit my grandparents指名读拼读visit齐读短语)
b T Look at picture 2 Chen Jie is going to
Ss See a film(引导学生回答 板书短语带读短语拼读短语理解短语)
T Look at picture 3 Chen Jie is
Ss Going to take a trip(板书短语take a trip指名拼读take 强调a发音联系字母组合tr 字母i发音尝试读出单词trip然教师带读理解短语)
T Look at picture 3 Chen Jie is going to the
Ss Supermarket(板书短语go to the supermarket 强调supermarketsupermarket两单词组成合成词带读单词指名读齐读理解短语)
c Listen to the tape and follow the tape
听录音读四短语
d 组练读四短语
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:利教材设置情境然展开短语教学
3 Teaching What are you going to do I’m going to
(1)课件呈现陈杰制时间段做事情表格
When
What
this morning
visit my grandparents
this afternoon
see a film
this evening
go to the supermarket
tomorrow
clean the room
next week
take a trip



(2)教师头戴陈杰头饰扮演陈杰引出句型
T Hello boys and girls I’m Chen Jie now Do you want to know what I’m going to do this morning
S1 What are you going to do this morning (引导学生句型What are you going to do this morning提问板书句子理解句子)
T I’m going to visit my grandparents(板书句子理解句子)
(3)带读板书句子
(4)请两名学生名学生扮演陈杰名学生提问模仿练
—What are you going to do_____
—I’m going to ______
(4)桌两组利表格呈现容模仿话然指组练
(5)学生根表格容描述陈杰活动计划
Ss Chen Jie is going to visit her grandparents this morning Chen Jie is going to
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通角色扮演然引出核心句型
4 Teaching What is xxxheshe going to do He She is going to
教师句型What are you going to do问班里名学生然适时问学生What is xxxheshe going to do学生句型He She is going to回答
设计意图:提问学生然教师适时提问某学生做事情考查学生记忆力培养学生注意力时扩展句型拓展知识面
Step 4 Practice
1 单词认读活动
(1)快速抢答
全班分成男生女生两组教师出示单词词卡白纸遮住单词部分学生快速猜测抢答答组加分
(2)炸弹游戏
教师黑板中两单词方画炸弹学生读单词短语遇炸弹方爆头否炸弹会爆炸
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:趣游戏激发学生兴趣学生积极参活跃课堂气氛巩固学单词短语
2 Make a plan
It’s Saturday morning now Make a plan and share it with your partner
When
What
this morning

this afternoon

tonight

tomorrow

next week










参考短语:
play football go to the cinema draw pictures do kung fu
go hiking listen to music have class
参考句型:
A What are you going to do
B I’m going to








教学资源:制表格
设计意图:通说写活动巩固学词汇句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
1 学四短语:visit my grandparents see a film take a trip go to the supermarket
2 学表示时间短语:this morning this afternoon this evening tonight tomorrow next week
3 学询问方活动计划句型回答:
What are you going to do
I’m going to
设计意图:学生总结纳节课学知识加深知识理解记忆
课堂作业
找规律写单词
1 morning evening _________
2 hospital supermarket _________
3 am are _________
4 play take _________
二Ⅰ栏Ⅱ栏连线组成短语写出汉语
Ⅰ栏 Ⅱ栏
1 see A a film _________
2 visit B grandparents _________
3 take C to the supermarket _________
4 go D a trip _________
a b c d



三仿例子写句子
例: this afternoon

—What are you going to do this afternoon
—I’m going to read books this afternoon

1 tonight
_____________________________________
_____________________________________

next week
2
_____________________________________
_____________________________________

Answers
符合题意
二1Aa 2 B c 3 D d 4 C b
三1—What are you going to do tonight
—I’m going to the bookstore tonight
2—What are you going to do next week
—I’m going to see a film next week










板书设计
Unit 3 My weekend plan
A Let’s learn

表示时间
this morning
this afternoon
this evening tonight
tomorrow
next week
What are you going to do this morning
visit my grandparents
I’m going to see a film
take a trip
I’m going to the supermarket


第二课时
课时容
A Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第三单元第二课时第课时紧密相连继续围绕Weekend Plan话题展开节课通电话情景理解语言Sounds great I have to意掌握谈周末活动计划句型What areis going to do I’mHeShe is going to引导学生合理安排周末第课时中句型What are you going to do… I’m going to…学课时基础课时重点情景中恰运句型What areis going to do I’mHeShe is going to谈周末活动计划
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk 两版块Let’s try听力训练通练获A Let’s talk版块物场景信息进入正式话学做准备Let’s talk通呈现MikeSarah电话聊天场景引出谈周末活动句型周末活动话题学生非常感兴趣贴学生生活更激发学生想英语表达愿
课时理解语言Sounds great I have to结合语境帮助学生理解遵循学生原利教材设置情境引导学生学培养学生独立思考力
课时目标
1 够听说认写句型:What are you going to do tomorrow I’m going to have an art lesson
We’re going to draw pictures in Renmin Park
2 够情景中运句型What areis going to do I’mHeShe is going to谈周末活动计划
3 够正确语音语调朗读话
4 够理解Sounds great I have to
5 解be going to表示计划法
6 引导学生合理安排周末计划
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说认写句型:What are you going to do tomorrow I’m going to have an art lesson We’re going to draw pictures in Renmin Park
(2)够情景中运句型What areis going to do I’mHeShe is going to谈周末活动计划
(3)够正确语音语调朗读话
(4)解be going to表示计划法
2难点
恰运句型What areis going to do I’mHeShe is going to谈周末活动计划
教学准备
媒体课件词卡日历录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Very well thanks And you
T I’m fine too Before our class let’s enjoy a song
(播放歌曲What are you going to do学生欣赏唱)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:歌曲运激发学生学兴趣复节课句型
2 Review some words and phrases
a 教师次展示see a film visit grandparents take a trip go to the supermarket学生认读说出汉语例:教师展示单词see a film学生说出see see a film 电影)
b 课件展示洗衣服画画踢足球游泳做作业钢琴课等图片学生说出短语做相应动作
c 学生齐读短语说汉语
教学资源:词卡课件
设计意图:认读活动复巩固学短语话学奠定基础
Step 2 Lead in
1呈现日历圈出周周末日期
T The weekend is coming What are you going to do(板书句型)
S1 I’m going to(板书句型)
S2 I’m going to

(师生问答生生问答)
教学资源:日历
设计意图:日历然引出周末话题互相问答复节课句型
2 T What am I going to do this weekend Can you guess
S1 Are you going to(引导学生Are you going to句型提问)

T I’m going to clean my room on Saturday morning I’m going to wash my clothes on Saturday afternoon I’m going to the hospital on Sunday morning I’m going to see a film on Sunday evening Oh I’m going to have a busy weekend
设计意图:猜测老师周末活动唤起学生注意力激发学生参教学活动兴趣
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s try
a T Great everyone Listen there is a phone call It’s Saturday morning Sarah is on the phone with Mike They are talking about their plan for Saturday afternoon Can Mike go swimming today 学生先预测
b 播放录音学生读题回答
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:指导学生听前预测掌握听力技巧通听力活动获Let’s talk 版块相关信息进入话学做准备
2 Let’s talk
(1) 利日历学生理解tomorrow
T Today is Saturday What day is it tomorrow
Ss Sunday(日历标注tomorrow帮助学生更理解)
T What are Mike and Sarah going to do tomorrow
(2)带着问题学生读话完成表格

have an art lesson
wash clothes
see a film
do homework
Sarah




Mike








(3)根文容引出句型理解句型
a T What is she going to do tomorrow(板书is she理解句子)
S1 She’s going to have an art lesson(教读lesson指名读理解句子齐读句子)
T What is he going to do tomorrow(板书is he理解句子)
S2 He’s going to see a film
b 齐读板书句子
(4)播放录音读录音
读程中理解Sounds good I have to do my homework now
A What are you going to do ______
B I’m going to have _______ lesson
A What are you going to do in your lesson
B We’re going to ________
A That sounds good I’m going to__________
B Have a good time
A You too I have to__________ now Bye
B Bye

(5)分角色朗读话表演话
(6)两组仿编话
参考话示例:





教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:整话教学中引导学生学积极参教学活动
3 be going to 法
(1)组讨be going to 法
(2)指名说引导学生纳
设计意图:引导学生纳培养学生独立思考意识学力
Step 4 Practice
1 排句子
两组活动学生两组纸条写三语般时态句子然句子中单词手撕开互相交换赛谁先伴两句子排列
设计意图:学生撕撕排排游戏中强化be going to句型认识be动词称搭配
2 Making funny sentences
教师准备四纸箱中分装着写物动作时间点纸条请学生分纸箱里抽出纸条根抽纸条造句造出句子果符合逻辑加分奖励
例:Zhang Ling wash clothes this evening in the classroom
Zhang Ling is going to wash clothes in the classroom this evening(合逻辑加分奖励)
设计意图:训练学生掌握四素造句子
3 Do a survey
What are you going to do this weekend What is your partner going to do Let’s do a survey
学生调查介绍伴周末活动计划
设计意图:调查活动锻炼学生思维力培养学生真实语境中运语言力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生说
1 学be going to 法
3 学谈周末活动计划句型:What areis going to do
I’mHeShe is going to
设计意图:学生纳整理知识点助知识理解记忆
课堂作业
英汉互译
1 have to ____________ 2 lesson ____________
3电影 ___________ 4 明天 ___________
5 Have a good time ____________
二am is are 填空
1 I ________ going to take a trip tomorrow
2 Mike ________ going to read books
3 They ________ going to watch TV this evening
4 She ________ going to draw pictures this weekend
三单项选择
( )1 We _______ going to the supermarket tonight
A am B is C are
( )2 What are you going to do _______ tomorrow
A in B this C
( )3 He’s going to _______ his grandparents
A visit B visits C visiting
四选择合适句子补全话
Bob What are you going to do this afternoon
Tim 1________________________
Bob What are you going to do in your lesson
Tim 2 ________________________
Bob 3 ________________________I’m going to play pingpong with my friends
Tim Have a good time
Bob You too 4________________________ Bye
Tim 5 ________________________
A We’re going to draw pictures in Renmin Park
B I have to do my homework now
C Bye
D I’m going to have an art lesson
E Sounds good






Answers
12课程3see a film 4 tomorrow
5玩开心
二1am 2 is 3 are 4 is
三1C 2C 3A
四1D2A3E4B5C








板书设计
A Let’s talk
A What are you going to do tomorrow
is shehe
B I’mShe’s He’s going to
语+be(am is are) going to+动原
表示计划算
第三课时
课时容
B let’s learn Roleplay
课时分析新 课 标 第 网
课时教版六年级册第三单元第三课时围绕够买物品话题展开通话学单词词组dictionary comic book word book postcard句型Where are you going I’m going to buy表达激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心课时学第四课时学做铺垫课时重点四会单词词组掌握够运四会单词词组谈描述书店中购买物品
课时包括Let’s learn Roleplay两版块Let’s learn通JohnJack电影院前讨步计划场景呈现单词词组词形意义话题学生生活密切激起学生学兴趣Roleplay版块操练B Let’s learn版块中关书籍单词词组通学生书店购书买书角色扮演达真实语境中交流目
课时词汇中词汇教学利学生迁移力结合学单词类词类然拼读法掌握句型教学课书知识拓展句型发散学生思维整教学程中激发学生学兴趣采歌游戏猜谜角色扮演等种教学手段调动全体学生参学生愉悦环境学
课时目标
1 够听说读写单词词组:dictionary comic book word book postcard
2 够情景中正确运述单词词组讨描述书店中购买物品
3 够情景中运句型Where are you going I’m going to buy购买计划进行询问作答
4 激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:dictionary comic book word book postcard
(2)够情景中正确运述单词词组讨描述书店中购买物品
(3)够情景中运句型Where are you going I’m going to buy购买计划进行询问作答
2 难点
(1)单词dictionary发音
(2)够灵活运四会单词词组描述书店中购买物品
教学准备
课件词卡书籍录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Hello everybody
Ss Hi Mrs Mr Miss
T How do you feel today Happy or sad
Ss Happy
2 Ask and answer
T What are you going to do this weekend
S1 I’m going to
S2
T What is S1 going to do this weekend
S3 He’sShe’s going to

设计意图:问答练帮助学生复巩固节课知识
Step 2 Lead in
2 Play a game
T I have many pictures Guess what place it is(课件图片问号遮住部分学生猜测店:hospital cinema museum park post office bookstore)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:猜猜游戏激发学生学兴趣时引出书店场景
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching the new words and phrases comic book word book dictionary postcard
(1)Teaching comic book word book
a T This is a bookstore What books can you buy in a bookstore
Ss Chinese book English book maths book(学生回答出种书教师实物展示)
b 教师继续实物展示漫画书单词书板书comic book word book学生拼读出单词教师带读
(2)Teaching dictionary
T What’s this(教师呈现词典)
Ss It’s a dictionary(板书单词dictionary拆读法拆分音节教师教读指名读组读齐读)
T Look at these dictionaries(呈现种类词典板书dictionary复数形式学生拼读)
This is a (教师起语文词典引导学生说出)
Ss Chinese dictionary
T Do you have a Chinese dictionary
Ss Yes
T Look This is (教师起英语词典引导学生说出)
Ss An English dictionary
(3) Teaching postcard
T What’s this(呈现明信片实物)
Ss It’s a post card(板书post card联系词组post office birthday card 学生拼读出单词)
(4)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
听录音读板书单词词组
(5)Read the words and phrases in pairs
(6)Remember the chant
comic book comic book漫画书
word book word book单词书
postcard postcard明信片
dictionary dictionary词典






教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:利肢体语言图片引出词汇吸引学生兴趣然利学生迁移力总结发音规律读出单词培养学生思维力接着听录音读录音模仿录音歌记忆教学单词短语中穿插趣游戏学生轻松环境掌握知识
2 Teaching Where are you going I’m going to buy
(1) T Look at the pictures This is John and John’s cousin Jack Where are they going What are they going to buy(板书Where are they going What are they going to buy)
(2) Listen to the tape and answer the questions
播放话容学生带着问题听录音
(3)指名回答(板书They are going to the bookstore They are going to buy a new comic book)
(4)分角色朗读话
(5)指组朗读话理解话
(6)两组仿编话
板书句型稍作调整学生根板书句型仿编话
A Where are you going ________
B I’m going to the________
A What are you going to buy
B I’m going to buy aan new________





(7)齐读板书句型理解句型
教学资源:课件录音机
设计意图:教学句型简单复杂逐步
学层层递进
Step 4 Practice
1 单词认读活动
(1)猜单词词组
课件呈现单词dictionary comic book word book postcard开头结尾遮住学生快速猜测读出单词
(2)单词接龙
教师说出某单词第字母学生次说出第二字母第三字母等
(3)猜谜语
It’s a useful book You can look for the meanings of the words you don’t know It’s a _______
It’s a book It’s very funny You can see pictures and stories It’s a_______
It’s a book You can see different kinds of words in it It’s a_______
It’s a card You can send it to your friend It’s a _______
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通游戏训练学生Let’s learn中单词词组掌握
2 Roleplay
(1)四组名学生扮演书店店员余三扮演顾客
(2)准备书籍摆桌子道具
(3)组创编话
参考句型:Can I help you
Do you have
Here they are
What are you going to buy
I’m going to buy
(4)指组表演话
教学资源:学生备书籍等
设计意图:训练学生真实语境中交流语言目
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师总结
1学单词词组:dictionary comic book word book postcard
2学购买计划进行问答句型:
—Where are you going —I’m going to
I’m going to buy
设计意图:帮助学生整理纳加深知识理解记忆
课堂作业
图写出单词词组
1 2 3



____________ ____________ ______________
二单项选择
( )1—________ are you going
—To the cinema
A What B Where C Who
( )2 I’m going to buy a ________ in the bookstore
A word book B watermelon C Tshirt
( )3—________ you have story books
—Yes Here they are
A Do B Are C Can
三列句子排列
( )I’m going to the supermarket
( )Where are you going this afternoon
( )My mum
( )I’m going to buy some fruit
( )Who are you going with
( )What are you going to buy
Answers
1 dictionary 2 comic book 3 postcard
二1B2A 3A
三216453







板书设计
B Let’s learn
A Where are you going ________
B I’m going to the________
A What are you going to buy
B I’m going to buy aan new________

comic book 漫画书
word book 单词书
postcard 明信片
dictionary 词典

第四课时
课时容
B Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第三单元第四课时第三课时紧密相连围绕活动计划点时间话题展开通话学词组lots of half price space travel句型Where are you going I’m going to When are you going表达解电影院般周二半价生活常识第三课时句型Where are you going I’m going to学课学奠定定基础课时重点理解重点单词词组够情景中灵活运句型Where areis going I’m going HeShe is going toWhen areis going 询问计划时间点
课时包括Let’s tryLet’s talk两版块Let’s try呈现John回家路遇见Amy聊天场景呈现新句型学生通听力练获Let’s talk版块物场景信息进入正式话学做准备Let’s talk 版块通JohnAmy回家路聊天引出句型Where are you going I
’m going to When are you going 情境设计贴学生生活够激起学生学兴趣
课时单词词组理解发音学生定难度结合图片定语境等方法帮助学生理解利然拼读法拆读法等教学语音课时涉句型较重点放句型综合运学生创设真实情境调动全体学生积极参做情境操练相结合达运语言巩固语言目
课时目标
1 够听说认读词组:lots of half price space travel
2 够理解语境语言Why not go on Tuesday意义
3 够理解话意够正确意群语音语调朗读话
4 够情景中运句型Where areis going I’m going HeShe is going toWhen areis going 谈计划时间点
5 知道电影院般周二半价生活常识
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够听说认读词组:lots of half price space travel
(2)够理解话意够正确意群语音语调朗读话
(3)够情景中运句型Where areis going I’m going HeShe is going toWhen areis going 谈计划时间点
2 难点
(1)句型Where areis going I’m going HeShe is going toWhen areis going 灵活运
(2)够理解语境语言Why not go on Tuesday意义
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning MissMr
T Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes
T Ok Let’s begin our class Before our class let’s play a game first
2 Play a game
课件呈现遮住部分词典漫画书单词书明信片图片学生猜出单词拼读出
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通游戏复巩固节课知识
Step 2 Lead in
1认读活动
课件快速呈动词类点类时间类三组单词词语学生认读
动词类:visit my grandparents play sports play basketball read books do homework watch TV make a snowman see a film take a trip
点类:cinema supermarket school park zoo bedroom kitchen
时间类:this afternoon next week tomorrow this morning
教学资源:课件
设计意图:复已学单词词组句型教学做准备
2组述出现三组单词词组类找出应疑问词where whatwhen
教学资源:课件
设计意图:培养学生总结力
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching Where are you going When are you going
(1)利环节中学生找出疑问词教师板书Where are you going What are you going to do When are you going(理解句子齐读句子)
(2)师生问答
T Where are you going
S1 I’m going to the(课件词汇中选择回答教师板书句子)
T What are you going to do
S1 I’m going to(板书句子)
T When are you going
S1 Next week(板书句子)
(3)认读板书句子
(4)两组练
设计意图:问答操练巩固核心句型
2 Let’s try
(1)听前预测
T Look at the pictures(呈现John Amy物图片)Who’s he
Ss He’s John
T Who’s she
Ss She’s Amy
T John is on his way home He sees Amy What is Amy going to do Guess(学生尝试猜测)
S1 She’s going to

(2)听录音回答问题
①What is Amy going to do
②Is the ice cream for John
③Who is Jack
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:听力练获Let’s talk版块物场景信息正式话做准备
3 Let’s talk
(1)整体感知课文
a带着问题阅读课文
What are John and Jack going to do
b指名回答
T What are John and Jack going to do
Ss They’re going to see a film
T What film are they going to see
Ss They’re going to see a film about space travel(板书space travel 呈现图片理解词组教读指名读齐读)
(2)细读课文理解重点句子
a次阅读课文回答问题
Where are Jack and John going
When are they going
b组讨指名回答
c理解Why not go on Tuesday
T They are going to see a film next Wednesday When does Amy suggest they see a film
Ss Next Tuesday
T How does she say
Ss Why not go on Tuesday(课件呈现句子理解句子教师举例理解why not)
T Why
Ss It’s half price(引导学生说出板书half price理解词组拆拼法教读单词half price指名读齐读)
d 讲解星期二半价常识
e提出懂句子
I have lots of comic books about space(课件呈现句子板书lots of理解词组指名读带读齐读理解句子)
(3)听录音读录音
(4)分角色朗读课文表演课文
教学资源:教学插图课件录音机
设计意图:先呈现整篇话学生整体感知语言然学重点语言练语言达理解语言运新语言目
Step 4 Practice
1 Make a dialogue in pairs
课件呈现信息学生根信息选组创编话
bookstore
buy a word book
Sunday morning
park
fly kites
tomorrow


A Hi xxx Where are you going this weekend
B I’m going to_________
A What are you going to do
B I’m going to_________
A When are you going
B _________
A Can I go with you
B _________

参考话:







设计意图:发挥想象运学语言创编话
2 Interview your classmate and give a report
调查桌计划算书面形式做汇报(根第26页表格采访桌桌回答写表格然请学生根表格容汇报)
xxx is going to He’sShe’s going to there He’sShe’s going there
设计意图:创设情境达巩固语言运语言目
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
师生纳
1 学词组:lots of half price space travel
2 询问算说:Where areisgoing
询问算什时候说:What areisgoing to do
询问算做什说:When areisgoing
课堂作业
翻译列词组
1 lots of _______ 2 space travel _______
3 half price _______ 4 next week _______
二列问句选择合适疑问词
what

when

where

who




1 —______are is he going to do 2 —______are you going
—He’s going to play football —Tomorrow
3 —______is Mike going 4 —______is that boy
—The UK —He’s my cousin
三求写句子
1 I’m going to the hospital (画线部分提问)
______ ______ ______ going
2 cousin is visit going to me my afternoon this()(连词成句)
_________________________________________
3 Amy is going there by bus(画线部分提问)
_______ is Amy going there
四阅读手阅读短文选择正确答案
I’m Lisa I’m going to have a busy weekend Saturday morning I’m going to buy a new comic book by subway Then I’m going to go home and read the new books Sunday morning I’m going to the supermarket with my mother Then in the afternoon I’m going to visit my grandma That will be fun
( )1 Lisa is going to buy a comic book________
A by bus B by subway C by train
( )2 Lisa is going to the supermarket with________
A her mom B her dad C her sister
( )3 Lisa is going to visit her grandma________
A Saturday morning B Sunday morning C Sunday afternoon
( )4 Lisa is going to have a ________weekend
A busy B free(空闲) C sad
Answers
1量2宇宙旅行3半价4周
二1 What 2 When 3 Where 4 Who
三1 Where are you
2 My cousin is going to visit me this afternoon
3 How
四1B2 A3C4A










板书设计
B Let’s talk
Where are you going space travel宇宙旅行
I’m going to ______ half price 半价
What are you going to do lots of 量
I’m going to ______
When are you going
______

第五课时
课时容
B Read and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第三单元第五课时围绕中秋节话题展开通阅读文学单词词组get together mooncake poem MidAutumn Festival解吴中秋节安排训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息思考力前课时be going to 句型学课时教学奠定基础课时重点口头描述吴中秋节安排文段中找更单词正确读出重音
课时分读写语音三部分第部分通呈现节日图片解节日活动计划第二部分提供吴描述中秋节安排日记通阅读日记完成意义书写活动中秋节学生非常熟悉节日贴学生生活提高学生阅读兴趣第三部分呈现单词学生够根例词选取文段中重音单词朗读出
课时词汇教学结合图示联系文帮助学生理解遵循学生体教师导原采取组合作方式全面调动学生参引导学生学培养良阅读惯技巧
课时目标
(1)够听说认读单词短语:get together mooncake poem MidAutumn Festival
(2)够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息思考力
(3)够口头描述家庭成员中秋节活动写出篇相关日记
(4)够根例词提示文段中找更双音节词音节单词知道重音位置正确朗读出
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说认读单词短语:get together mooncake poem MidAutumn Festival
(2)够口头描述吴中秋节安排
(3)够根例词提示文段中找更双音节词音节单词知道重音位置正确朗读出
2难点
够根例词提示文段中找更双音节词音节单词知道重音位置正确朗读出

教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T Very well thanks
2 Ask and answer
T Where are you going this weekend
S1 I’m going to
T What are you going to do there
S1 I’m going to
T When are you going
S1
T What is S1 going to do
S2 He’sShe’s going to

设计意图:通问答操练复巩固be going to句型课学做铺垫
Step 2 Lead in
T Here are some pictures for some holidays What holidays are they Do you know their English name(课件呈现劳动节童节妇女节图片学生说出名称)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通复已学节日名称然引出文
Step3 Presentation
1 阅读前
(1)课件呈现课三幅插图
T What holidays are these Do you know
S1 National Day
S2 Spring Festival
S3 Christmas
(2)教读National Day Spring Festival Christmas齐读
(3)组讨What do we often to on these holidays指名说教师讲解
(4)总结节日点
family get together(板书get together带读指名读齐读)
(5)课件呈现中秋节图片
T What holiday is this
Ss MidAutumn Festival(引导学生说出板书MidAutumn Festival教读齐读)
T MidAutumn Festival is coming What are Yu Yifan’s family going to do Let’s have a look
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通讨节日激活相关背景知识储备词汇
2 阅读中
(1)第次阅读
快速阅读课文横线画出吴日记中提家曲线画出进行活动
(2)第二次阅读
(1)细读课文填表格
Who
Be going towill
Wu Yifan’s family
His family willare going to get together




Wu Yifan and Robin







(2)组讨表格容
(3)指组汇报
学生汇报程中适时教学mooncake poem
(3)第三次阅读
播放录音学生读模仿录音中停顿录音语调
(4)两组互相讨中秋节会做什然完成书写活动
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通画画表格等形式训练学生语篇中捕捉类型信息思考力
3 阅读
(1)Tips for pronunciation
a 播放Listen clap and repeat录音学生读感知重音位置
b 教师带领学生边读边手桌子节拍
c 文段中找出更双音节单词音节单词学生边读边节拍
(2)课件呈现文段中藏头诗
a 学生朗读藏头诗
b 教师简单介绍藏头诗特点
教学资源:课件录音磁带
设计意图:通节拍方法练单词中重音学生趣形式中更掌握
Step 4 Practice
仿课文画画写写节日计划
设计意图:训练学生书面表达力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发音教师纳
1学单词词组:get together mooncake poem MidAutumn Festival
2解中秋节俗
3知道藏头诗特点
3知道语音中重音
4够be going towill句型描述节日计划
设计意图:师生整理纳强调重点
课堂作业
求写单词
story


复数
we

宾格
1 2

poem

汉译英
get together

英译汉
3 4


二单项选择
( )1 My family ________ going to have a big dinner
A is B are C am
( )2 We eat ________ in MidAutumn Festival
A mooncake B noodles C dumplings
( )3 My grandma will ________ me a story about Chang’e
A tells B tell C telling
三阅读手
Do you know the Chinese Dragon Boat Festival It’s a Chinese special holiday It’s on the fifth day of the fifth month in the Chinese calendar(日历) Tomorrow is the Dragon Boat Festival I will be very happy In the morning I’m going shopping with my parents We are going to buy some good food Then we are going to watch dragon boat races In the afternoon my mom is going to make zongzi with my grandma In the evening we are going to have a big dinner together
a圈出容关图片
A B C D



b 判断句子正T误F
( )1 The Dragon Boat Festival is on the fifth day of the fifth month in
the Chinese calendar
( )2 I like the Dragon Boat Festival
Answers
1 us 2 stories 3 诗4 聚会
二1 B 2 A 3B
三a A CDb 1T 2T









板书设计
B Read and write

get together 聚会
mooncake月饼 _____ willbe going to______
poem诗
第六课时
课时容
B Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up C story time
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第三单元第六课时前课时紧密相连围绕单元重点词汇句型展开通Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up检测单元AB部分核心词汇句型Story time巩固单元句型增加学生语言输入课时前课时重点知识回顾课时重点复单元知识完成听力练
课时包括Let’s check Let’s wrap it up story time三版块Let’s check呈现四组图片学生学会图片信息中推测考查点做目针性听录音完成听力务重点培养学生良听力惯持续提高学生听力水Let’s wrap it up 板快通呈现5俄罗斯套娃暗示语复总结时语法点Story time版块呈现Zoom想学游泳事事趣味性强吸引学生兴趣事学复巩固单元重点What are you going to do I am going to助图片文理解新句子:Learning by doing
课时复课话题较设计教学程时版块采取方法Let’s wrap it up 引导学生纳培养学生思维力Story time采先整体感知事情节然理解重点接着次欣赏方法巩固语言发展语言
课时目标
(1)够较完成Let’s check
(2)够巩固综合运What areis going to do I’m HeShe is going to Where areis going I’m HeShe is going to When areis going I’m going HeShe is going谈活动计划
(3)够理解事尝试表演事
(4)培养学生学英语兴趣增强团队合作意识
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够较完成Let’s check
(2)复单元知识
(3)够理解事尝试表演事
2难点
单元句型综合运
教学准备:
课件卡片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everybody
Ss Morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thanks
T What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s sunnywindy…
T Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes We’re ready
2 Review the words
呈现单元四会单词词组卡片学生认读拼读
教学资源:卡片
设计意图:通词卡认读拼读复单元重点词汇
Step 2 Lead in
Sing a song
T Great boys and girls Now let’s enjoy a song What are you going to do(播放歌曲学生欣赏)Can you sing Let’s sing together(继续播放歌曲学生唱)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:歌曲导入吸引学生学兴趣然引出环节
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s wrap it up
(1)板书歌曲题目What are you going to do请学生观察句子分五部分
(2)组讨部分词代
(3)组汇报教答案(学生汇报时适时板书)
(4)开课组观五套娃文字学生组造句
(5)学生总结般时态法
设计意图:学生总结纳培养学生梳理力
2 Let’s check
(1) Listen and tick
a学生图逐描述图片
b播放录音勾出听图片
d师生核答案
(2)Listen again and fill in the blanks
a指名读句子口头填出缺词
b播放录音学生听录音填单词
c师生核答案
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先猜测图意针性听录音提高学生听力技巧
3 Story time
(1)T Ok everyone Let’s listen to a story now Before the story I want to ask you a question Can you swim
S1 Yes I can
T How did you learn to swim

T Can Zoom swim What will happen Let’s listen to the tape
(2)播放录音整体感知事
(3)理解事
a带着问题读课文
How does Zoom learn to swim first
Where do they go later
Can Zoom swim at last Why
b组讨问题
c师生核适时引出Learning by doing(板书句子教读句子理解句子)
(4)次欣赏事读事
教学资源:课件
设计意图:先初步欣赏动画解事情节然阅读事理解容会次回事
Step 4 Presentation
组分角色表演事
教师调整事文学生分角色练话然分组表演
设计意图:角色表演培养学生合作意识增强学生口语表达力语言应力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师结
1 复单元重点词汇
2 复般时态
3 学句子Learning by doing
设计意图:整理纳知识点加强记忆
课堂作业
根汉语提示完成句子

1 My brother wants to buy a _______ _______


2 Let’s send some _______ ______ to our teachers


3 I’m going to _______ _______ _______ this afternoon

二单项选择
( )1 —_________ is Mike going to the park
—Tomorrow
A Where B What C Where
( )2 Zhang and I _________ going to see a film together
A am B is C are
( )3 I’m going to learn _________
A how to swim B how swimming C swim
( )4 I’m going to _________ some beautiful leaves
A look at B look for C look
三问答碰
Ⅰ栏 Ⅱ栏
1 What are you going to do A She is going to the bookstore
2 Where is she going B Yes please
3 Can I help you C Next Friday
4 When are you going D She is going to buy some mooncake
5 What is Ann going to buy E I’m going to take a trip

Answers
1 comic book 2 postcards 3 visit my grandparents
二1C 2C 3A
三1E 2A 3B 4C 5D







板书设计
B Lets’ wrap it up C Story time
What are you going to do Learning by doing
Where am he going 做中学
When is she
they
we
you

Recycle 1
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册复围绕1—3单元核心句型展开
单元吴Robin起爷爷新家背景线索引出整单元事单元4教学容分两课时完成第课时包括P32P33容P32呈现吴知道路线需助RobinGPS进行导航场景复第单元中方方位知识拓展学生口头表述阅读描写点力P33情景P32事延续呈现吴Robin制止正闯红灯马路男孩结果发现男孩迷路吴带男孩吃东西算带附警察局寻求帮助场景涵盖第单元第二单元两单元知识时巩固学生交通法规知识掌握表达第二课时包括P34P35容P34首先呈现Robin安抚警局等妈妈男孩男孩唱首脍炙口摇篮曲复第三单元be going to核心句型般时态P35呈现警察男孩妈妈电话联系男孩团员情景
单元复单元整体语境构成根学生学情确定教学容重难点充分利教材已设定情境开展教学活动创造学生体课堂激发学生学兴趣采教学方法情景教学法合作探究法愉快教学法等
单元前三单元知识点汇总需掌握词汇句子时态学生已前面教材中学单元教学基础
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写实际情景中运第1—3单元核心句型
(2)够听说读写第1~3单元中关点交通方式交通规计划单词词组
(3)够辨认常见交通标志解遵守交通规
(4)知道英语句子中连读正确朗读
(5)知道音节单词中重音正确读出单词重点
(6)知道英语句子中语调正确语调朗读类型句子
2 力目标
(1)够情景中运句型Where is It’s询问回答某物点方
(2)够情境中运句型How can we get there问路描述某路线
(3)够情境中运句型How do you go to By询问回答某种交通工具某
(4)够情境中be going to句型交流计划
3 情感目标
培养学生口头书面表达力增强信心
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1)够听说读写实际情景中运第1—3单元核心句型
(2)够听说读写第1~3单元中关点交通方式交通规计划单词词组
(3)知道英语句子中连读音节单词中重音英语句子中语调现象正确朗读
2 教学难点
第1~3单元知识整合运
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景交际法愉快教学法
教学时间
单元分两课时教学
第课时 P32 P33
第二课时 P34 P35
知识视窗
某国家特殊交通规
澳利亚:严禁进入公交专道
澳利亚墨尔等城市中国某城市样缓解交通堵塞设公交专道公交车道明显黄线标志代表着公交车专门道路规定时间通常班高峰时期车辆必须公交车路
南非:汽车动物路
南非交通法规规定公路行驶车辆必须街牧牛马鸵鸟等动物路果牧请求示意情况停车司机会受严厉惩罚
第课时
课时容
P32 P33
课时分析
课时教版六年级册Recycle1第课时围绕第二单元核心词汇句型展开通场景复已学关点交通方式交通规单词词组关点方位描述路线提建议句型引导学生够迷路时动寻求帮助培养学生思维力语言表达力课时重点第二单元词汇句型复
课时包括P32P33两版块P32呈现吴Robin起爷爷新家吴知道路线需助RobinGPS进行导航场景通场景复第单元方方位知识拓展训练学生口头表达力阅读描写点力P33P32事延续呈现吴Robin制止正闯红灯马路男孩结果发现男孩迷路场景通场景训练学生图预测话等学技巩固学生交通法规知识掌握表达
课时复课词汇句型学生前面教材中已学部分遗忘教师充分利教材设置情景展开教学采快快说警察等游戏帮助学生回忆
遵循学生体原综合运务型教学法合作探究教学法愉快教学法等方法学生掌握知识
课时目标
(1)够听说读写第1~2单元中关点交通方式交通规单词词组
(2)够理解话意
(3)够通学事情景话复巩固句型Where is It’s询问回答某物点方
(4)够情景中运句型How can we get there Go straight Turn leftright at the问路描述某路线
(5)够运mustDon’t提建议
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写第1~2单元中关点交通方式交通规单词词组
(2)够通学事情景话复巩固句型Where is It’s询问回答某物点方
(3)够情景中运句型How can we get there Go straight Turn leftright at the问路描述某路线
(4)够运mustDon’t提建议
2难点
第1~2单元句型综合运
教学准备
课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Hi everyone
Ss Hi Miss xxx How are you
T Fine thanks And you
Ss Very well thank you
2 Let’s dance
全班学生跳兔子舞
3 听指令做动作
教师发口令:Turn left go straight turn right学生通听音快速做出相应动作
教学资源:课件录音机
设计意图:跳舞游戏活跃课堂时复Turn left go straight turn rightgo turn around等单词词组
Step 2 Lead in
T Where is Wu Yifan (播放街道声音学生倾听猜测)
Ss On the street
T What can you see on the street
S1 I can see some cars
S2 I can see the traffic lights

T What building can you see
S1 I can see a bookstore

教学资源:课件
设计意图:通播放街车水马龙声音创设氛围激活相关背景知识
Step 3 Presentation
1 (1) 快快说
课件呈现建筑物街道标识交通标志图片:post office cinema hospital crossing turn left go straight学生快速认读
(2)T I want to go to Xinhua library But I don’t know to the way to Xinhua library What should I do(鼓励学生说出种找新华书店方法)
Ss Map GPS Internet ask the policeman
(3)T I choose to use the map Now let’s have a look at the map How can I get there
学生讨路线指名说
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通快快说说路线等帮助学生复第单元知识然引出面知识
2 P32
T Wu Yifan is going to visit his grandparents But he doesn’t know the way He wants to use Robin’s GPS
(1)听录音圈出吴爷爷新家路线
(2)师生核
(3)根路线图先口头描述路线然完成填空
(4)师生核
(5)次听录音回答问题
Are they going by bus or on foot
When are they going
(6)课件呈现录音容播放录音学生读
教学资源:录音机
设计意图:通听力练巩固第单元中方位方法知识训练学生口语表达力书面力
3 P33
(1)T Wu Yifan and Robin wants to go to his grandpa’s home on foot They must pay attention to the traffic rules Do you know the traffic rules
(2) 指名说交通规
(3) 师生玩游戏警察
教师出制红绿灯标识卡请名学生警察学生路警察变换红绿灯路根颜色灯齐说交通规做相应动作:绿灯时齐说句子Go at a green light 全班起原踏步表示前进
(4) T Wu Yifan and Robin see a little boy crying on the street Look at the pictures and guess what they are saying)
a 呈现教学插图学生猜测图意
b 指名说幅图容
参考句型:Don’t
must
Let’s go
GoTurn
(5)听录音完成听力练
(6)师生核答案
教学资源:课件
设计意图:训练学生先图预测话听录音验证预测等方面学技
Step 4 Practice
1 快快写
课件呈现交通标识学生must Don’t提醒出建议
教学资源:课件
设计意图:巩固must Don’t句型应
2 ?
教师呈现制图图中ABC等标注干点学生利图互相问答
句型示例:I’m at A I go straight from A then turn right at the traffic lights Where am I
设计意图:学生游戏中巩固关路线句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生说教师纳
1 复关点交通方式交通规单词词组词
2 复询问回答某物点方句型
3 复问路描述某路线句型
4 复提醒出建议句型
设计意图:复纳节课知识点
作业设计
图写单词词组
1 2 3



___________ ___________ ___________
4 5



___________ ___________
二选出类单词
( ) 1 A sled B ship C helmet
( ) 2 A turn B GPS C map
( ) 3 A restaurant B hospital C traffic
( ) 4 A must B can C fast
三单项选择
( )1 I go to Beijing by plane It’s_________
A near       B fast        C slow
( )2—Where’s the park
—It’s_________ the supermarket
A next to      B next        C in front
( )3 We must _________the traffic lights
A pay attention   B pay attention to     C pay
( )4 How can you _________the cinema
A get    B get to C got to
四阅读手阅读短文判断句子正T误F
Bill How do we go to the nature park
Mary How about by taxi
Bill It’s not far Let’s go on foot First go straight from here then turn left It’s near the science bookstore Let’s go
Mary No Wait It’s a red light Go at a green light
Bill Oh you are right
( )1 Bill and Mary want to go to the nature park
( )2 Bill and Mary go there by taxi
( )3 The nature park is near the science museum
( )4 Bill wants to go at a red light
Answers
1train 2 turn right 3post office 4 crossing 5bookstore
二1C2A3C4C
三1B2A3B4A
四1T2F3F4T








板书设计
Recycle 1 第课时
Wu Yifan
Robin
Grandpa’s home
GPS


meet a boy




第二课时
课时容
P34 P35
课时分析
课时教版六年级册Recycle1单元第二课时围绕第二单元核心词汇句型展开通首摇篮曲复be going to句型般时态激发学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心课时重点第三单元词汇句型复
课时包括P34P35两版块P34通呈现Robin男孩唱首脍炙口摇篮曲复be going to句型培养学生口头表达力书面表达力P35通呈现警察电话联系男孩母亲男孩团圆情景巩固学生第二单元知识掌握表达
课时前单元知识复教师遵循学生体原充分利教材设置情景展开教学采影子竞猜调查等方法学生轻松掌握语言运语言
课时目标
(1)够听说读写第3单元中关计划单词词组
(2)通活动总结be going to句型
(3)够情景中运句型WhatWhereWhen areisgoing(to do) I’m HeShe is going to 询问回答计划活动点时间
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写第3单元中关计划单词词组
(2)通活动总结be going to句型
(3)够情景中运句型WhatWhereWhen areisgoing(to do) I’m HeShe is going to 询问回答计划活动点时间
2难点
be going to 法掌握
教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带调查表
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Hi everyone
Ss Hi MissMrMrs How are you today
T Fine thanks And you
Ss Very well thank you
T What are you going to do this evening
S1 I’m going to
S2 I’m going to
T Are you going to watch TV
S3 Yes I amNo I’m not

设计意图:师生间交流拉学生间距离
Step 2 Lead in
Guess the words and phrases
课件呈现关计划单词词组图片图片遮住部分学生猜测:see a film take a trip postcard学生快速认读
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通猜游戏活跃课堂气氛复关计划单词词组
Step 3 Presentation
1 复be going to 句型
(1)呈现行赶路图片学生猜测What are they going to do
(2)呈现句型学生amisare填空
The tall girl _________ going to buy some clothes
The mother and her baby _________ going to the zoo
—_________ they going to visit their grandparents
—No they aren’t
(3)学生总结be going to中be法be going to动词法
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通学生总结知识培养学生思维力纳力
2 P34
(1) T Look at the boy Do you remember him Where is he now(呈现警局图片)
Ss He’s in the post office(引导学生回答)
T The little boy is waiting for his mother Robin is singing a song to him Let’s listen the tape
(2)Read the song aloud and fill in the blanks
In the song what is Papa going to do
(3)指名说
(4)Read again and finish Read and circle
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通歌曲巩固般时态
3 P35
(1) T The little boy’s mother is on the phone Look at the map and fill in the blanks
(学生书图然填空)
(2)师生核答案
(3)Read in role
(4)Finish Read answer and do
(5)师生核
(6)呈现Listen and read aloud
Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(7)分角色朗读
男生扮演the policeman女士扮演Mrs Zhang
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:复第二单元知识
Step 4 Practice
1 影子竞猜
呈现干活动影学生be going to句型猜测物干活动:Is he going to Is she going to Are they going to
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通竞猜游戏巩固操练be going to 般疑问句形式回答
2 调查
教师发学生张调查表学生调查23名学生天安排完成调查表然书面形式报告
问题:What are you going to do Where are you going
Who are you going with When are you gong
How are you going there
Name
What
Where
Who
(With whom)
When
How
Xxx
fly kites
the park
my friends
300 pm
by bike













教学资源:调查表
设计意图:创设真实情景锻炼学生综合运语言力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言
1复第3单元中关计划单词词组
2复be going to 法
设计意图:学生总结培养学生纳力
课堂作业:
英汉互译
1 慢__________ 2 turn left__________
3 电影__________ 4 单词书__________
5 步行__________ 6 traffic lights__________

二单项选择
( )1 We can go to the______ to buy books
A bookstore B cinema C Museum
( )2 She is going to ______ a song
A sing B singing C sings
( )3 What ______ they going to do
A am B is C are
( )4 I go to the library______ bus
A by B on C in
三求完成句子
1 I’m reading a comic book(tomorrow改写)
I ______ ______ ______ ______ a comic book tomorrow
2 Amy is going to the park(画线部分提问)
______ ______ Amy ______
3 I come to school on foot(画线部分提问)
______ ______ ______ ______ to school
4 at the straight crossing go()(连词成句)
_________________________________
四练笔
写写周末计划少30单词
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________

Answers
1slow down 2 左拐3see a film 4 word book
5 on foot 6 交通信号灯
二1A2A3C4A
三1 am going to read 2 Where is going
3 How do you come to school
4 Go straight at the crossing
四 My weekend plan
Tomorrow is Saturday I’m going to clean my room in the morning Then I’m going to the bookstore by bike In the afternoon I’m going to do my homework Sunday morning I’m going to visit my uncle and aunt by bus I’m going home in the afternoon I’m going to have a busy weekend















板书设计
Recycle 1 第二课时
般时态:表示计划算
be going to +动原
(am is are)
Unit Four I have a pen pal
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册第四单元单元话题I have a pen pal
单元通场景提供表达兴趣爱日常活动句型结构三版块A 部分B部分C 部分A部分包括重点词汇情景话两课时第课时呈现张鹏笔友Peter网聊天Peter询问张鹏爱引出句型What are your hobbies I like第二课时呈现张鹏Oliver电话谈张鹏笔友Peter继续学谈兴趣爱句型A 部分重点掌握四会词汇句型What are ’s hobbies HeShe likesB部分包括重点词汇情景话读写三课时第课时John弟弟谈笔友场景呈现重点词汇第二课时吴John聊笔友引出谈信息句型Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t第三课时阅读单元知识拓展B部分重点掌握四会词汇谈信息句型C 部分包括听力测试般现时态单数形式结事课时重点复巩固单元学词汇重点句型
单元教学容学生相关组织语言教学时注意设计生活化充分利教材已设定情境开展活动助课件图卡词卡等种呈现方式引导学生运猜谜歌游戏角色表演等种方法练巩固激发学生学英语兴趣培养学生语言交际力
单元需掌握词汇中dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu单词短语原形五年级教材中已学单元教学奠定基础
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写单词:dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
(2)够听说认读单词:pen pal hobby jasmine idea Canberra amazing shall goal join club share
(3)够听说读写句型:
—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories
—Does he live in Sydney —No he doesn’t
—Does he like doing word puzzles and going hiking
—Yes he does
(4)知道正确英语句子中通常需重读单词
2 力目标
(1)够正确dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking单词词组谈描述兴趣爱日常生活
(2)够情境中恰运句型谈爱信息
—What are ’s hobbies—HeShe likes
—Does heshe —Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t
(3) 够图片帮助正确理解意群语音语调朗读公告栏四广告运课学核心句型口头描述爱时仿范例编写交友广告
3情感目标
培养通解方兴趣爱结交朋友意识
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1) 够听说读写单词:dancing singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
(2) 够听说读写句型:
—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories
—Does he live in Sydney —No he doesn’t
—Does he like doing word puzzles and going hiking
—Yes he does
(3) 够情境中恰运句型谈爱信息
—What are ’s hobbies—HeShe likes
—Does heshe —Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t
2 教学难点
够正确般现时般疑问句形式询问信息
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景交际法愉快教学法
教学时间
单元分六课时教学
第课时 A Let’s learn Do a survey
第二课时 A Let’s try Let’s talk
第三课时 B Let’s learn Listen match and say
第四课时 B Let’s try Let’s talk
第五课时 B Read and write
第六课时 B Let’s check Let’s wrap it up C Story time
知识视窗
1动词现分词变化规
变化规
原形
现分词
直接动词词尾加ing

play
do
playing
doing

发音e结尾单词
e加ing
dive
ride
diving
riding
重读闭音节结尾末尾辅音字母动词双写辅音字母加ing
swim
get
stop
swimming
getting
stopping
ie结尾动词变iey
加ing
lie
lying
2动词第三称单数构成
构成规
原形
第三称单数
般动词原形末尾加s
cook
play
cooks
plays
s x ch sh o结尾动词
词尾加es
go
watch
goes
watches
辅音字母+y动词变yi加es
study
fly
studies
flies








第课时
课时容
A Let’s learn Do a survey
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第四单元第课时围绕兴趣爱话题展开通话学词汇singing dancing reading stories playing football doing kung fu句型What are your hobbies I like表达激发学生学英语热情树立学英语信心第课时单元基础课时重点四会单词词组谈爱句型掌握
课时包括Let’s learn Do a survey两版块Let’s learn通张鹏Peter网聊关爱话题呈现单词词形意义情境设计贴学生生活更激发学生学兴趣Do a survey版块综合性语活动学生通活动巩固A 部分Let’s learn学词汇句型
课时然新授课四会单词词组原形动词变现分词方法五年级教材中已学学生接受新知会较快设计教学程时遵循学生体原采听说读 写歌等种学方法调动全体学生积极参学生轻松氛围中掌握知识
课时目标
(1)够听说读写单词词组:singing dancing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
(2)够运述单词词组描述兴趣爱
(3)够运句型What are your hobbies I like谈兴趣爱
(5)激发学生学英语热情树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:singing dancing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
(2)够运述单词词组描述兴趣爱
(3)够运句型What are your hobbies I like谈兴趣爱
2难点
谈兴趣爱句型灵活运
教学准备
媒体课件卡片录音机磁带调查表
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
1 Greeting
T Hi boys and girls
Ss Hi MissMrMrs
T How are you today
Ss Fine thanks
2Ask and answer
课件呈现物正做事情:做晨练书听音乐睡觉等师生进行问答生生问答
T Look at the picture What is doing
S1 HeShe’s doing morning exercise

(学生边回答课件边呈现短语doing morning exercise reading books listening to music sleeping)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:问答练帮助学生回忆课相关知识
Step 2 Lead in
快说快认
课件快速呈现唱歌书踢足球练武术跳舞图片学生说出词组拼读(学生边说教师边板书sing read books play football do kung fu dance)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:复学短语引出学容做铺垫
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching singing reading stories playing football doing kung fu dancing
(1) Teaching singing
T I like singing(教师呈现唱歌图片教师板书句子单词singing带读sing singing理解句子)Do you like singing
S1 Yes I doNo I don’t
(2)Teaching reading stories
T Do you like reading books(教师呈现书图片)
S1 Yes I like reading books(板书reading 齐读read reading)
T I like reading comic books What about you
S1 I like reading comic books too
S2 I like reading science books
(根学生回答适时引出reading stories板书stories拼读story stories齐读句子)
(3)Teaching playing football doing kung fu
T Who likes playing football(呈现踢足球图片板书playing)
S1 I like playing football
T Who likes doing kung fu (呈现练武术图片板书doing)
S2 I like doing kung fu
(4)Teaching dancing
T Look at the picture What is she doing
Ss She’s dancing(板书dancing带读拼读强调e加ing提供例词:make take have学生说变化规)
(5)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
听录音读词组
(6)组讨结动词现分词变化规
(7)师生纳
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:学纳锻炼学生思维力
2 Teaching What are your hobbies I like
(1) T I like singing and reading books What are your hobbies(板书句子学单词hobby教读齐读强调hobbies理解句子带读句子齐读句子指名回答)
(2) Do practice in pairs
A What are your hobbies
B I like
(3)指组练
设计意图:通练加强学生句型理解
3 Learn the dialogue
(1)Read the dialogue with the question
What are Zhang Peng’s hobbies
(2)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(3)Read in role
(4)Make a dialogue in pairs
教学资源:课件
设计意图:分角色朗读话创编话加强听说力语言表达力
Step 4 Practice
1 What’s the missing
教师呈现词卡学生快速认读单词读遍教师抽出张卡片次认读组卡片提问学生What’s the missing根记忆说出抽出单词
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:通游戏活动学生熟练掌握词汇
2 Do a survey
四组完成调查务
句型:What are you hobbies
I like
教学资源:调查表
设计意图:巩固运学词汇句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
师生纳
1学单词词组:singing dancing reading stories playing football doing kung fu
2学动词现分词变化规
2学询问方爱句型回答:What are your hobbies
I like
设计意图:纳整理知识点便学生记忆
课堂作业
写出动词ing形式

1 2 3 4



___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
二单项选择
( )1 What are ________ hobbies
A you B your C he
( )2 She likes________
A dance B dancing C dancing
( )3 I like playing ________football My brother likes playing________ pipa
A the B the the C
三表格补全句子







Lily




Mary




Bob




Bill











1 _________ and _________ like flying kites
2 Bill _________ _________ _________ music
3 Bob likes_________ _________
4 Lily Bob and Bill _________ _________ playing basketball
Answers
1singing 2playing football 3 reading stories 4 doing kung fu
二1B2B3A
三1 Lily Mary 2likes listening to 3playing football
4 doesn’t like







板书设计
Unit 4 I have a pen pal
A Let’s learn
What are your hobbies
(hobby)
singing
I like reading stories
playing football
doing kung fu
dancing


第二课时
课时容
A Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第四单元第二课时第课时紧密相连继续围绕兴趣爱话题展开通谈话情景学单词词组pen pal Jasmine Flower idea继续巩固表达兴趣爱句型培养学生通解兴趣爱结交朋友意识持续培养学英语兴趣第课时中句型What are your hobbies I like学课时学奠定基础课时重点句型What are’s hobbies HeShe likes掌握
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk 两版块Let’s try听力训练呈现张鹏Oliver聊天场景通听力练获Let’s talk部分物场景信息进入正式话学做准备Let’s talk通呈现张鹏Oliver电话场景学生感知核心句型What are Peter’s hobbies He likes语义语情景课时谈兴趣爱话题真实贴学生生活激起学生求知欲激发学生想英语表达欲
课时出现词组Jasmine Flower首著名中国民歌教学中播放歌曲供学生欣赏
课时出现句型采游戏等活动引导学生复旧知利新旧间联系引出新知助教材设置情景学新知然运角色表演仿编话调查员等活动巩固新知
课时目标
1 够听说认读单词:pen pal Jasmine Flower idea
2 够听说读写句型:
—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories
3 够理解话意正确音语音语调朗读话
4 够情景中运句型What are’s hobbies HeShe likes交流相关容
5 培养学生通解兴趣爱结交朋友意识持续培养学英语兴趣
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说认读单词:pen pal Jasmine Flower idea
(2)够听说读写句型:
—What are Peter’s hobbies —He likes reading stories
(3)够理解话意正确音语音语调朗读话
(4)够情景中运句型What are’s hobbies HeShe likes交流相关容
2难点
够情景中灵活运句型What are’s hobbies HeShe likes谈兴趣爱
教学准备
媒体课件词卡录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T Nice to see you again
Ss Nice to see you too
T Before our class let’s play a game
2 Review some phrases
(1)做说
讲桌摆放卡片:sing dance read stories play football do kung fu请名学生讲台前意起张卡片然根卡片容做出动作学生猜出单词短语
(2)说出动词现分词
教师次呈现sing dance read play do词卡学生说出应现分词拼出:教师呈现sing词卡学生说出sing singing SINGING
3 Ask and answer
T What are your hobbies
S1 I like What are your hobbies
S2 I like

学资源:词卡
设计意图:复巩固节课知识学新知做铺垫
Step 2 Lead in
T In our daily life we have many friends How do we make friends Sometimes we make friends online For example we can make friends through emails or letters We don’t have to meet them in person We call them pen pals (板书pen pal带读齐读)
设计意图:谈话导入然引起文
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s try
(1)T Zhang Peng is talking with Oliver about his pen pal Peter What are his hobbies Guess
Does he like playing football(引导学生猜测)
(2) 听录音引导学生读题回答核答案
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:听力练进入正式话做准备
2 Let’s talk
(1)T Do you want to know more about Peter Look at the picture(呈现A Let’s talk物图)What is he doing
Ss He’s reading books
T Yes he likes reading He has many hobbies What are his hobbies Let’s have a look at the text
(2) 带着问题读课文直线画出答案
Where does Peter live What are Peter’s hobbies
(3)理解课文
a T What are Peter’s hobbies(板书句子)
S1 He likes reading storiesdoing kung fuswimmingsinging(板书句子注意like面s颜色标出理解句子齐读句子解释like面动词ing形式法)
T Where does he live
Ss He lives on the farm(课件呈现句子理解句子)
T So sometimes he reads to the cows(课件呈现句子理解句子)
b 齐读句子特强调肯定句中动词第三称单数形式词尾变化
He likes reading stories
He lives on the farm
So sometimes he reads to the cows




c T What are Zhang Peng’s hobbies
Ss He likes singing
T So he is going to teach him the Chinese song Jasmine Flower(引导学生回答课件呈现句子教学Jasmine Flower理解句子带读句子齐读句子)
d 播放Jasmine Flower学生欣赏
(4)播放录音学生读
(5)分角色朗读课文
(6)仿编课文指组表演
Step 4 Practice
1 心灵犀
请两名学台名学生根教师纸条提示表演动作学生提问:What are herhis hobbies 名学生回答:HeShe likes进行男女生抗赛组规定时间猜出
设计意图:巩固操练核心句型What are herhis hobbies HeShe likes
2 调查员
调查桌朋友兴趣爱然汇报
调查问题:Who is your best friend
What’s heshe like
What are hisher hobbies
学生汇报示范:
______ has a friend Her His name is_______ SheHe is _______ SheHe likes__________
设计意图:培养学生综合运语言力提高书面表达力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生说教师总结
T 1 like面动词加ing形式法
2 学兴趣爱句型:What are’s hobbies HeShe likes
设计意图:总结环节帮助学生纳知识点理清思路助学生知识记忆
课堂作业
求写单词
swim

现分词

hobbies


原形

1 2

like


三单形式

to
347


音词


3 4

二单项选择
( )1 What are________ hobbies
A Peter’s B Peters C Peter
( )2 I’m going to teach ________an English song
A he B him C his
( )3 He ________drawing cartoons
A likes B liking C like
( )4— ________is your best friend
—Zhang Peng
A Where B What C Who
三选择合适句子补全话
Lisa 1___________________
Li Mei 2___________________She lives on a farm so sometimes she dancing to the animals
Lisa 3 ___________________
Li Mei She likes listening to music and playing pingpong
Lisa Really Me too
Li Mei 4____________________
Lisa Oh you like singing too
Li Mei Yes5 ________________
Lisa Good idea
A That’s interesting
B What are Anna’s hobbies
C She also likes singing
D I’ll teach her the Chinese song Jasmine Flower
E She likes dancing







Answers
1hobby 2swimming 3likes 4too
二1A 2B 3A 4C
三1B 2E 3A 4C 5D







板书设计
B Let’s talk
What are Peter’s hobbies pen pal 笔友
He likes reading storiesdoing kung fuswimmingsinging Jasmine Flower
(like+动词ing) 茉莉花

第三课时
课时容
BLet’s learn Listen match and say
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第四单元第三课时围绕笔友信息话题展开通话学单词词组cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
般现时般疑问句询问信息句型Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心课时第四课时基础课时重点四会短语掌握够情景中适句型Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t进行提问回答
课时包括Let’s learn Listen match and say两版块Let’s learn呈现John弟弟谈笔友场景体现单词词形意义话题设置贴学生实际生活引起学生学鸣更激发学生学兴趣Listen match and say版块听力操练活动通听四日常活动进行连线考查Let’s learn单词句型掌握情况
课时单词词组cook Chinese food go word do学生已接触课词汇教学基础教学时助真实生活情景展开词汇教学采猜猜调查等种效活动形式学巩固新知
课时目标
1够听说读写单词词组:cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
2 够运述单词词组描述日常活动
3 够熟练运句型Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t提问问答
4激发学生学英语热情保持学英语兴趣
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)1够听说读写单词词组:cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
(2)够运述单词词组描述日常活动
(3)够熟练运句型Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t提问问答
2 难点
Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t句型正确运
教学准备
课件录音机磁带图表
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
教学意图:师生间互相问候
2 Ask and answer
课件呈现动作演员歌唱家运动员舞蹈家图片师生问答生生问答
What are his hobbies
HeShe likes doing kung fusingingplaying footballdancing
教学资源:课件
设计意图:利学生熟知演员练话吸引学生兴趣复学词汇句型
Step 2 Lead in
课件继续呈现教师外国笔友片
T Look this is my pen pal What do you wan to know about herhim
S1 Where is heshe from
T HeShe’s from the UKUSA
S2 How old is heshe
T HeShe is
S3 What are hisher hobbies
T Can you guess
S4 Does heshe like(引导学生猜测笔友爱)
T Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t

T Do you want to know about himher Let’s have a look
教学资源:课件
设计意图:谈教师笔友话题够激起学生表达欲然引出新知
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does words puzzles goes hiking
(1) T What does my pen pal often do(呈现笔友做中国食物学中文片)
Ss HeShe often cooks Chinese food and studies Chinese(引导学生回答板书cook(s) Chinese foodstudies(study) Chinese理解词组带读词组注意强调cook study动词词尾变化发音教学study Chinese Chinese换学生已学科目词汇)
(2)T My pen pal likes cooking Chinese food studying Chinese and (呈现笔友玩字谜远足片教学)
Ss Doing word puzzles and going hiking(引导学生回答板书do(es) word puzzles go(es) hiking理解词组带读词组齐读词组)
T My pen pal does word puzzles and goes hiking every week(注音强调do go动词词尾变化发音)
(3)播放录音读四词组
(4)升降调朗读四词组
(5)呈现组物做事情图片引导学生般现时态描述
:The boy often cooks noodles
She usually goes to school on foot

(6)组观察讨般现时态肯定句中动词第三称单数形式词尾变化
(7)师生总结
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通谈教师笔友学重点词汇更激起学生求知欲
2 Learn Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t
(1)T Your Chinese teacher has a pen pal too What does he she often do Please guess
S1 Does heshe do word puzzles(板书句型Does heshe 理解句型引导学生学词组猜测)
T Yes he does (板书句型)
S2 Does heshe go hiking

(2)呈现物做中国食物学中文玩字谜远足图片等图片两组话练
句型:Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t
(3)呈现组句型组讨般现时态变般疑问句方法回答
Does he often play football
Does Amy study Chinese every day
Does your pen pal often cook Chinese food
Does she usually do word puzzles







(4)师生总结
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通猜测熟悉老师日常活动激发学生学兴趣感知新授句型
3 Learn the dialogue
(1)T Our old friend John has a new pen pal He is a boy What’s his name Where does he live Does he study Chinese Listen to the tape and answer the questions
(2)Listen to the tape again and follow the tape
(3)Read in pairs
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:听录音回答问题培养学生听力力
Step 4 Practice
1 Listen match and say
(1)出示四物头四副图片求学生预测物日常活动
(2)听录音连线
(3)师生核答案
设计意图:考查学生课词组掌握情况
2 Do a survey
请学生调查桌朋友笔友信息完成图表
①What’s your good friend’spen pal’s name ②Where does heshe live
③What’s herhis name ④What are herhis hobbies
⑤What does heoften do
Name _______________________
Lives in _______________________
Age _______________________
Hobbies _______________________
Habit _______________________






教学资源:图表
设计意图:训练学生综合运语言力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class?
师生总结
1 学四词组:cooks Chinese food studies Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking
2 学询问日常活动句型回答:Does heshexxx
Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t
设计意图:加深学生知识理解记忆
课堂作业
写出列动词第三称单数
1 cook ________ 2 study ________ 3 go ________
4 do________ 5 live ________ 6 have________
二根汉语意思补全句子
1 见见新笔友
_______ and _______ my new pen pal
2 迈克住中国?没
—_______Mike _______in China
—No he_______
3 约翰天学中文
John _______ _______every day
三求完成句子
1 Amy often goes hiking(变般疑问句作肯定回答)
—_______ Amy often_______ hiking
—_______ _______ _______
2 I do word puzzles every evening(第三称he改写)
_______ _______ word puzzles every evening
3 I like watching TV and reading stories(画线部分提问)
____________________
Answers
1cooks 2studies 3goes 4does 5 lives 6has
二1Come see2Does live doesn’t3 studies Chinese
三1Does go Yes he does 2 He does
3 What are your hobbies








板书设计
B Let’s learn
Does heshe cook Chinese food cook(s) Chinese food
Yes heshe does study(studies) Chinese
No heshe doesn’t do(es) word puzzles
go(es) hiking

第四课时
课时容
B Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第四单元第四课时继续围绕笔友话题展开通话学谈信息句型Does he Ye heshe does No heshe doesn’t 引导学生简单解澳利亚首堪培拉著名城市悉尼持续培养学生学兴趣激发学生学英语热情课时第三课时容延续拓展第三课时已初步学询问信息句型课时做铺垫课时重点够恰运句型Does he Ye heshe does No heshe doesn’t谈信息
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk两版块Let’s try呈现Miss White吴聊天情景通听力活动获Let’s talk版块物场景信息Let’s talk 版块通呈现John吴聊笔友情景引出核心句型话题设计学生喜欢
更激发学生想英语表达愿引起学生兴趣
六年级学生已具备定语言感知力准备先创设情境复般现时态般疑问句然结合教材设置情景展开话教学鼓励学生模仿表演话创编话培养学生语言综合运力
课时目标
(1)够理解话意正确音语音语调朗读话
(2)够情景中运句型Does he Ye heshe does No heshe doesn’t谈信息
(3)简单简单解澳利亚首堪培拉著名城市悉尼持续培养学生学兴趣
激发学生学英语热情
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够理解话意正确音语音语调朗读话
(2)够情景中运句型Does he Ye heshe does No heshe doesn’t谈信息
2难点
句型Does he Ye heshe does No heshe doesn’t恰运
教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带表格
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes
T Ok Let’s begin our class Before our class let’s review some phrases
2 Review some phrases
(1)课件呈现cook Chinese food study Chinese does word puzzles goes hiking图片学生说短语
(2)齐读短语
设计意图:复学短语时课学做铺垫
3 Play a game
请名学讲台前面家学叙述 I have a good friend in our class He’sShe’s a boygirl 学生Does heshe like Does heshe (often) 名学生提出问题然根名学生回答:Yes he she doesNo heshe doesn’t 猜出朋友名字
设计意图:游戏设计激起学生想表达欲复巩固节课学重点句型课学做铺垫
Step 2 Lead in
Let’s try
T What’s this(呈现教材第40页方插图)
Ss It’s a website
T Yes Look at the address It’s a pen pal website It’s a website for making new friends
Miss White and Wu Yifan are talking about the pen pal website What are they talking about
(学生朗读题目猜测答案)
S1 They are talking about a pen pal

T How old is the student from Australia
S1 He is 11 years old
S2
T Listen to the tape and answer the questions
教学资源:课件
设计意图:引导学生猜测问题引起学生求知欲然听录音够集中学生听注意力更完成务
Step 3 Presentation
1T Look at the picture(呈现A Let’s talk插图)What is Wu Yifan doing
Ss He’s writing an email to his pen pal
T Who are John and Wu Yifan talking about
Ss Wu Yifan’s pen pal
T What do you know about Wu Yifan’s pen pal
S1 He’s from Australia
S2 He’s 11 years old
S3 He’s a student
T Do you want to know more about his pen pal
S1 What’s his name
S2 Does he cook Chinese food

T Let’s read the dialogue with the questions
设计意图:猜测吴笔友信息发散学生思维
2Learn the text
(1)初读课文解决学生提出问题
(3)读课文理解课文
Does he live in Sydney(教师介绍悉尼)
Where does he live(教师介绍澳利亚首堪培拉)
Does he like doing word puzzles
Does he like going hiking
What are the two John like
(课件呈现问题组讨师生核)
(4)听录音读话
(5)分角色朗读话
(6)指组表演话
2两组仿编话
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:先整体感知课文然提炼问题理解课文模仿课文创编课文学生达理解语言运语言目
Step 4 Practice
1快速抢答
通课件呈现句子学生马判断句子语法否正确
例:Does she likes reading books
Do he often go hiking
Does your grandpa live in the city
Does you do word puzzles every day
教学资源:检查学生般现时态般疑问句掌握情况
2 记者
采访桌询问方父母信息完成表格
问题提示:
Does your fathermother work in a Does your fathermother go to work
Does your fathermother often Does your fathermother like

hospital
School
by car
by bike
go
hiking
watch
TV
sing
play
football
father








mother













教学资源:调查表
设计意图:培养学生真实情境中运语言力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师总结
1解澳利亚首堪培拉著名城市悉尼
2谈信息句型:Does +heshe+动词原形+?
Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t
设计意图:纳整理节课学重点知识助学生知识记忆
课堂作业
单项选择
( )1 Does Mike________ in Sydney
A lives B live C living
( )2 I’m writing ________email ________my friend
A an to B a to C an in
( )3 Wu Yifan likes ________hiking
A going B goes C go
( )4—Can I also ________his pen pal
—Sure
A be B is C am
二连词成句
1 you what doing are()
___________________________________________
2 does he doing puzzles word like()
___________________________________________
3 is his name John()
___________________________________________
三阅读短文判断句子正T误F
Lily I have a new pen pal
Ann Really Boy or girl
Lily A girl
Ann Where does she live
Lily She lives in Canberra Her name is Alice
Ann What are her hobbies
Lily She likes singing and drawing pictures
Ann I like those too Can I also be her pen pal
Lily Sure Why not
Ann Cool
( )1 Lily has a new pen pal
( )2 Lily lives in Australia
Answers
1B2A3A4A
二1What are you doing
2 Does he like doing word puzzles
3 His name is John
三1T2T3T4T5F

( )3 Ann likes singing and drawing pictures
( )4 Lily likes singing
( )5Ann’s pen pal is Alice





板书设计
B Let’s talk

John
Canberra Australia
11 years old
do word puzzles go hiking

Does heshe
Yes heshe doesNo heshe doesn’t







第五课时
课时容
B Read and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第四单元第五课时围绕俱乐部广告话题展开通阅读文学词汇shall goal join club share完成意义书写活动语音意识培养锻炼学生思维力理解力激发学英语兴趣树立学英语信心前课时词汇句型学课时学奠定基础课时第四单元知识拓展延伸课时重点够根阅读获取信息完成系列活动够读出文段中典型例句单词重音
课时Read and write版块分读写语音三部分第部分求学生填出桌爱激活相关背景知识第二部分意义书写活动回答问题仿写句子仿写广告第三部分语音意识培养够读出文段中典型例句单词重音四文段形式简单容活泼符合学生心理够效激起学生阅读欲
课时词汇学生理解定难度教师助语境图片帮助学生理解采务型教学法合作探究法愉快教学法等种教学方法综合运提高学生阅读力培养良阅读惯技巧
课时目标
(1)够听说认读单词:shall goal join club share
(2)够理解文
(3)够根示范广告仿写想建立俱乐部
(4)够根提示正确找读出文段中句子应该重读单词
(5)锻炼学生思维力理解力激发学英语兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够理解文
(2)够根示范广告仿写想建立俱乐部
(3)够根提示正确找读出文段中句子应该重读单词
2难点
(1)词汇认读理解
(2)够正确读出文段中典型例句单词重音
教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s

设计意图:通师生间谈话学生快投入课堂中
2 Let’s sing
播放歌曲My new pen pal学生唱
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:活跃课堂气氛引起学生学兴趣
Step 2 Lead in
Lets’ chant
课件呈现Let’s chant学生拍手吟诵
Tell me about your pen pal What’s his hobby
He likes reading and that’s my hobby too
Oh oh Does he do like doing word puzzles
Yes he does word puzzles every day






教学资源:课件
设计意图:朗朗口歌调动全体学生积极性然引出文
Step3 Presentation
1 Finish this table with your partner
T What’s your hobby What’s your partner’s hobby(板书单词partner理解单词教读单词)
(学生互相提问答案写表格)
T Look at the pictures In our school we have many clubs(板书单词club带读齐读) Which one do you like(课件呈现兴趣组片)
S1 I like football club Because I like playing football
S2 I like art club Because I like drawing pictures

教学资源:课件
设计意图:呈现活动组片说说喜欢兴趣组原鼓励学生积极发言时正文学做铺垫
2 Learn the text
(1)快速阅读文横线画出广告作者
(2)细读文理解文
a写出四爱
What are their hobbies
Amy likes _____________
John likes _____________
Mike ____________
Robin ____________
b 指名说答案
c 画出懂词汇shall goal share结合文段理解
(3)播放录音学生读注意模仿停顿语音语调
(4)Finish this ad for a cooking club
(学生独立完成指名说然组讨总结填动词词尾变化)
3Tips for pronunciation
(1)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
(2)组讨单词重读?
(3)师生总结
(4)学生节拍练读句子
设计意图:通节拍游戏感知句子中轻重音
Step 4 Practice
仿面形式写篇征笔友广告然互相交流
Dear _____
I am looking for a pen pal My name is _______ I live in ________ I am ________ years old
I am __________ I like _______________ I often __________ on the weekend What are your hobbies Do you want to be my pen pal Write to me please
Yours
_____










设计意图:帮助学生积累量词汇提高书面表达力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发言教师引导学生整合纳知识点
1 学 shall partner goal share club
2 知道动词名词读重音
3 般现时态语第三称单数谓语动词词尾加+s+es
设计意图:整理纳强调重点
课堂作业
英汉互译
1 football club __________ 2 猜字谜__________ 3 share__________
4 join __________ 5 make salad__________
二单项选择
( )1 Do you want ________ about robots
A to learn B learn C learning
( )2 What ________ your hobby
A are B is C do
( )3 Who ________ the dishes in the evening
A do B does C doing
( )4 Tim likes ________ kung fu
A doing B does C do
三单词适形式填空
1 Li Ming ________ rice and noodles for his mother every weekend(cook)
2 There ________a dance class on Sunday at 1 pm(be)
3 I like________ stories(read)
4 Look the girl ________ (dance)in the music room She often ________in it
5 He ________ students to make robots(teach)
Answers
1足球俱乐部2 do word puzzle 3 分享
4 加入 2制作沙拉
二1A2B3B4A
三1cooks 2 is 3 reading 4 is dancing dances 5 teaches









板书设计
B Read and write

club俱乐部
般现时态语第三称单数谓语动词词尾加ses

goal射门
shall 表示征求意见
join加入
share分享

第六课时
课时容
B Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up C story time
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第四单元第六课时前课时紧密相连围绕单元重点词汇核心句型展开Let’s check考查单元重点词汇核心句型Let’s wrap it up学般现时第三称单数形式结Story time复巩固句型He likes培养学生语言表达力激发学生阅读兴趣课时前课时重点知识复课时重点核心词汇句型听说读写运
课时包括Let’s check Let’s wrap it up story time三版块Let’s check听力训练培养学生良听力惯持续提高学生听力水Let’s wrap it up板快图文茂呈现段话引导学生通找关键词进行词尾转换方式结般现时第三称单数形式Story time呈现Zac尾巴变蓬松事事趣味性强激起学生阅读兴趣通事学复巩固句型He likes
课时复课话题较版块采取教学方法Let’s wrap it up 鼓励学生总结培养学生思维力Story time充分利已教材创设语境采取组合作方式教师导引导学生解事学事
课时目标
(1)够较完成Let’s check培养学生良听力惯
(2)够掌握单元核心词汇句型
(3)够总结般现时第三称单数形式
(4)够理解事容尝试表演事
(5)培养学生语言表达力激发学生阅读兴趣
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够较完成Let’s check培养学生良听力惯
(2)够掌握单元核心词汇句型
(3)够理解事容
2难点
(1)般现时第三称单数形式
(2)事表演
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带词卡制头饰
教学程
Step 1
Greeting
T Good morning everybody
Ss Morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thanks
T What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s sunnywindy…
T Yeah it’s a sunnyday What do you do on weekends
S1 I often
S2 I usually
T What are your hobbies
S3 I like
S4 I like

T Do you like English
Ss Yes
T Ok Let’s begin our class
设计意图:通学生间互相问询问天气周末活动等话题拉学生间距离
Step 2 Lead in
划猜
讲桌扣着跳舞唱歌弹钢琴踢足球书公交车步行练武术猜字谜等词卡请名学生讲台前抽词卡然根抽词卡做出动作余学生猜单词词组
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:游戏导入活跃课堂气氛巩固已学知识引出文做铺垫
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s check
(1)Listen and tick
a呈现Listen and tick图片学生逐图
b听录音听图片钩
c师生核
d请学生图片面写出应单词词组
(2)Listen again and fill in the blanks
a学生读题尝试回忆
b次听录音学生填空
c师生核
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先观察图片做心中数然针性听录音提高学生听力技巧
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1)读教材短文然画出动词
(2)指名说教师板书
(3)互相讨动词原形写相应动词旁边
(4)指名说教师板书
(5)组根六组单词分四种类型分列举出种类型动词
(6)讨纳般现时态动词第三称单数形式词尾变化
设计意图:通引导学生观察总结启发学生思维培养学生学生意识
3 Story time
(1)T Now let’s listen to a story Before the story I want to ask you some questions Look at the picture What’s this(呈现松鼠图片)
Ss It’s a squirrel
T What’s it like
S1 It is small
S2 It has a small head and a long tail
T Yes it has a bushy tail too Do you know why its tail is bushy
(2)播放动画课件整体感知
(3)细读事理解事
a 带着问题阅读事
What are Zac’s hobbies
What are the monkey’s hobbies
Why was the monkey so angry
What did the monkey do
Is it true
b组讨问题指名回答
(4)次听录音读事欣赏事
教学资源:课件
设计意图:提炼关键问题组讨帮助学生更理解事
Step 4 Presentation
调整事文学生分角色练然分组表演事
教学资源:制动物头饰
设计意图:表演事复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入时培养学生合作意识
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
S1总结般现时态动词第三称单数形式词尾变化
S2学Zac尾巴变蓬松事
设计意图:学生尝试总结培养学生纳力
课堂作业
求写单词
sing

现分词

like


义词
1 2

形容词性物代词性物代词

sleep


三单形式


he
347


3 4

二改错
( )1 Every afternoon Jane study Chinese with her sister ________
A B C
( )2 I likes playing the piano ________
A B C
( )3 Zac lives on the forest ________
A B C
三图补全句子

1 Wang Lin likes __________ __________


2 —_______Betty_____ _____ _____on foot
—Yes he does

3 My brother __________ __________ __________
every day

四练笔
介绍位朋友职业爱学方式常做活动等方面写写少30单词
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Answers
1 love 2 singing 3sleeps 4his
二1 B studies 2 A like 3 Bin
三1 doing kung fu 2 Does go to school
3 does word puzzles
四 My friend
I have a good friend His name is Tom He lives in London He is a student He often goes to school by bus He likes playing basketball and climbing mountains He usually climbs mountains with his friends on the weekend












板书设计
B Let’s wrap it up C Story time
has have
loves love
sleeps sleep
does do
teaches teach
studies study
Unit Five What does he do
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册第五单元单元话题What does he do
单元通场景提供表达较物职业生活情况句型三版块A 部分B部分C 部分A部分包括重点词汇情景话两课时第课时通呈现张鹏Oliver职业体验日谈父母工作场景引出四会单词词组factory worker postman businessman police officer询问职业句型What does do HeShe’s第二课时通SarahOliver家长日谈父母情景巩固运第三称单数特殊疑问句A部分重点掌握词汇询问职业句型B部分包括重点词汇情景话读写三课时第课时通Oliver吴谈家工作情况引出四会单词fisherman scientist pilot coach询问工作点句型Where doeshe she work HeShe works第二课时旧通Mike雨回家路聊家工作生活场景进步掌握询问工作点交通工具句型第三课时通阅读文段语音知识拓展单元学句型解逗号作B部分重点掌握四会单词核心句型Where doeshe she work HeShe worksHow doesgo to work HeShe goes to workB部分听力测试单元句型纳C部分事整理成课时重点复巩固单元学重点词汇句型
课堂教学中首先整体握单元教学容教学重点教学难点解学生学情然围绕单元题展开教学设计助制PPT课件网络资源词卡图片等种方式呈现引导学生运游戏创编话等方法合作学中务型学中表达学语言激发学生学英语浓厚兴趣
第四单元已介绍般现时第三称单数肯定句般疑问句单元学特殊疑问句做铺垫
单元教学目标
1知识目标:
(1) 够听说读写单词词组:factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach
(2)够听说认读country head teacher sea university gym if reporter use type quickly secretary
(3)够听说读写句型:
—What does he do —He is a businessman
—Where does he work —He works at sea
—How does he go to work—He goes to work by bike
(4)知道逗号英语中停顿作
2力目标:
(1) 够正确factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach谈描述物职业生活情况
(2) 够情境中恰运句型谈物职业生活情况:
—What does heshe do—HeShe is
—Where does heshe work —HeShe works
—How does heshe go to work—HeShe goes to work
(3)够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关爱职业语篇运单元学核心句型口头描述爱喜欢职业时仿范例完成信息表
3情感目标:
(1)学会热爱生活尊重劳动
(2)角度认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思职业梦想
教学重难点
1教学重点(Important points)
(1)够听说读写单词词组:factory worker postman businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach
(2)够情境中恰运句型谈物职业生活情况:
—What does heshe do—HeShe is
—Where does heshe work —HeShe works
—How does heshe go to work—HeShe goes to work
(3)知道逗号英语中停顿作
(4)够图片帮助正确理解正确意群语音语调朗读关爱职业语篇运单元学核心句型口头描述爱喜欢职业时仿范例完成信息表
2教学难点(Difficult points)
学生务活动中熟练运核心句型进行交流
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景交际法愉快教学法
教学时间(Teaching time)
单元六课时:
第课时 A Let’s learn Listen match and say
第二课时 A Let’s try Let’s talk
第三课时 B Let’s learn Write and discuss
第四课时 B Let’s try Let’s talk
第五课时 B Read and write
第六课时 B Let’s check Let’s wrap it up C Story time
知识视窗
1紧急设备救援衣服
英国救援飞机橘色白色相间写rescue字样橘色作亮色系常出现国紧急救援衣服设备:救生衣救生艇消防员衣服工程抢险车等
2职业名称汇总
侦探detective 记者reporter 编辑editor 作家authorwriter
工匠artisan 牙医dentist 船员sailor 消防员fireman
女演员actress 男演员actor 清洁工cleaner 销售员salesperson
总裁CEO 理manager 工程师engineer 律师lawyer
农民farmer 男服务员waiter 女服务员waitress 钢琴家pianist
会计accountant 画家artist 公务员civil servant 导游 guide









3询问职业方法
(1)What dodoes +语+do
:—What do you do做什?
—I’m a student 名学生
—What does your aunt do姑姑做什?
—She is a teacher名老师
(2)What is xxx’s job
:—What is your father’s job爸爸干什?
—He’s a driver名司机
(3)What +be +语?
:—What is your mother妈妈干什?
—She is a worker 名工
4巧记职业名称构成规律
(1)单词词尾加er
teach(教) teacher(教师) work(唱歌) worker(歌手)
(2) 单词e结尾词尾直接+r
drive(驾驶) driver(司机) dance(跳舞) dancer(舞蹈家)
(3) 单词词尾加or
act(表演) actor(男演员) sail(航行) sailor(船员)
(4) 单词词尾加ress
act(表演) actress(女演员) wait(等) waitress(女服务员)
(5) 单词词尾加ist
art(美术) artist(画家)
(6)单词词尾加manwoman
police(警局) policeman(男警察) policewoman(女警察)
第课时
课时容
A Let’s learn Listen match and say
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第五单元第课时围绕父母职业话题展开通话学词汇factory worker postman businessman police officer询问职业句型What does do HeShe’s 表达引导学生尊重劳动培养学生学英语热情树立学英语信心第课时单元首课时课时学做铺垫课时重点四会单词掌握够运四会单词谈职业
课时包括Let’s learn Listen match and say两版块Let’s learn呈现张鹏Oliver职业体验日谈父母工作场景体现单词词组词形意义话题贴学生实际生活更激发学生学兴趣Listen match and say版块半机械性操练活动学生通活动巩固运A 部分学词汇句型
关职业词汇询问职业句型What’s ’s job He’sShe’s四年级教材中已初步涉契机呈现课重点词汇句型采游戏猜谜等方法巩固运学知识
课时目标
(1)够听说读写单词词组:factory worker postman businessman police officer
(2)够听说读写句型:
—What does he do —He is a businessman
(3)够运句型What does do HeShe’s谈职业
(4)够尊重劳动
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:factory worker postman businessman police officer
(2)够听说读写句型:
—What does he do —He is a businessman
(3)够运句型What does do HeShe’s谈职业
2难点
(1)正确四会单词词组谈职业
(2)核心句型灵活运
教学准备
媒体课件卡片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
2 Let’s chant
T Now let’s chant together
(课件展示制歌学生拍手吟诵)
What’s your father’s job What’s your father’s job
He’s a doctor He’s a great doctor
What’s your mother’s job What’s your mother’s job
She’s a teacher She’s a super teacher





教学资源:制课件
设计意图:歌活跃课堂气氛激发学生学热情时帮助学生回忆已学关职业句型课学做准备
Step 2 Lead in
指手画脚
教师doctor teacher farmer driver nurse football player等单词卡片放桌子请名学生讲台前意抽取张卡片动作表演卡片职业学生猜职业名称第猜出学生抽取张卡片继续游戏
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通复已学表示职业单词然引出新知
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching factory worker postman businessman police officer
(1)T We have other jobs around us Look at the pictures What are their jobs(呈现教材图片)Look at picture 1 What does she do
Ss She’s a factory worker(引导学生回答板书句子教学词组factory worker教读词组齐读词组)
T Look at picture 2 What does he do
Ss He’s a postman(板书句子教学单词postman指名读单词分组读单词齐读单词)
T Look at picture 3 What does he do
Ss He’s a businessman(板书单词businessman教读单词注意拆分音节指名读单词齐读单词)
T Look at picture 4 What does the woman do(呈现单词police officer学生er发音规post office结合起尝试拼读指名读带读)
Ss She’s a post officer
(2)听录音读单词词组
(3)升降调朗读单词词组
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:助图片呈现词汇形象直观利学生迁移力学词汇培养学生单词认读力
2 Learn the sentences What does heshe do He’sShe’s
(1) T Is your mother a factory worker
S1 No she isn’t
T What does she do(板书句子教学句子)
S1 She’s a
T Is your father a businessman
S2 No he isn’t
T What does he do(板书句子理解句子)
S2 He’s a
(2) Do practice with What does heshe do He’sShe’s a
课件呈现postman businessman police officer factory worker doctor等图片指组练师生练男女生练
(3) T It’s Career Day Zhang Peng and Oliver are talking about their father in front of the display board What does Oliver’s father do Guess
S1 Is she a

(4)Listen to the tape and answer the question
(5) Read the dialogue in pairs
(6) Make the dialogue in pairs
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:仿编话培养学生运语言力
Step 4 Practice
1 单词操练活动
(1)谁?
教师名学生背贴某职业名称讲台面黑板全班学生问What do you do该学生Am I a猜测允许三次机会猜出问:What do I do全班学生起回答
(2)炸弹游戏
教师黑板中单词方画炸弹学生读单词词组遇炸弹方抱头否炸弹会爆炸
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:活跃课堂气氛玩中巩固单词认读活动
2 Listen match and say
(1)T Chen Jie and John are talking about the jobs of their parents What do they do引导学猜测读题目预测
(2)听录音连线
(3)两组四父母职业问答练
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:巩固操练学核心词汇句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class(指名说)
1学factory worker postman businessman police officer
2学询问工作句型回答:—What does heshe do
—He’sShe’s
设计意图:学生纳知识点利学生知识记忆
课堂作业
图写单词
1 2 3 4



_________ _________ _________ _________
二单项选择
( )1 My father is a_________
A postman B nurse C businesswoman
( )2 —Is Mr Wang a factory worker —_________
A Yes she is B No he is C Yes he is
( )3 —What _____he do
—He’s a businessman
A do B does C is
三列句子排序
( ) What does she do
( ) No she isn’t
( ) Is she a police officer
( ) She’s a doctor
( ) She’s my aunt
( ) Who’s she
Answers
1worker 2postman 3businessman 4police officer
二1A 2C 3C
三543621








板书设计
Unit 5 What does he do
A Let’s learn
What does shehe do
(做干)
She’s a factory workerpost officer
He’s a postmanbusinessman

第二课时
课时容
A Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第五单元第二课时第课时紧密相连继续围绕父母职业话题展开节课通谈话情景巩固询问职业句型What does heshe do He’sShe’s 鼓励学生胆发言激发学生英语表达热情第课时询问职业句型学课时学奠定基础课时重点核心句型灵活运
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk 两版块Let’s try听力训练引出Let’s talk版块相关信息Let’s talk通呈现OliverSarah家长日谈父母情景引出核心句型What does heshe do He
’sShe’s话题设置贴学生生活激发学生求知欲鼓励学生想英语表达热情
课时出现词汇country head teacher助定语境图片等方法帮助学生学理解话教学先通游戏问答帮助学生回忆巩固旧知然利媒体教材设置情境学话鼓励学生表演话创编话引导学生更运巩固语言
课时目标
1 够听说认读单词:country head teacher
2 够听说读写句型—What does he do —He is a businessman
3 够掌握询问职业句型:What does heshe do He’sShe’s
4 够理解话意
5 够正确意群语音语调朗读话
6 鼓励学生胆发言激发学生英语表达热情
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够掌握询问职业句型:What does heshe do He’sShe’s
(2)够听说读写句型—What does he do —He is a businessman
(3)够理解话意
2难点
够情景中运第三称单数特殊疑问句
教学准备
媒体课件词卡录音机磁带表格
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T Nice to see you again
Ss Nice to see you too
2 Play a game
(1)划猜
教师次做出factory worker post officer postman businessman动作学生猜单词
(2)教师呈现词卡factory worker post officer postman businessman学生认读单词词组
3 Ask and answer
(课件呈现组图片师生生生做话练)
T What does heshe do
S1 He’sShe’s
S2 What does heshe do
S3

设计意图:通游戏词卡复学单词然通问答操练复学句型巩固旧知学新知做铺垫
Step 2 Lead in
1 T What does your fathermother do
S1 He’sShe’s a

2 Let’s try
(1)T What does Sarah’s father do Who will come on Parent’s’ Day Listen to the tape
(2)播放录音指名回答问题
(3)师生核
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:引出正文相关信息进入正式话做准备
Step 3 Presentation
1 T On Parents’ Day both Sarah’s and Oliver’s fathers can’t come What does Oliver’s fathermother do 引导学生猜测问题答案
设计意图:提出问题学生猜测激发学生求知欲
2带着问题观文整体感知话
What does Oliver’s fathermother do
3细读文学话
(1)Read the text again and discuss in a group
Questions ①Where is Oliver’s father today
②What does his father do
③What does his mother do
(2) Report the answers
T Where is Oliver’s father today
S1 He’s in Australia
T What does his father do(课件展示句子)
Ss He’s a businessman
T Yes He often goes to other countries (课件呈现句子板书country结合教材插图学生猜测词义理解句子带读句子齐读句子)
T What does his mother do
Ss She’s a head teacher(板书head teacher学生猜测词义齐读句子)
(3)T Does Oliver want to be a head teacher?
Ss No
T What does he want to be
Ss He wants to be a businessman(课件呈现句子理解句子)
T What do you want to be one day(板书句型I want to be one day引导学生句型练说话)
S1 I want to be one day

设计意图:组讨问题然教师根学生回答势引出解决难理解句子单词渡然
4 听录音读文
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:培养学生语感语调
5 分角色练话表演话
设计意图:学生角色扮演活动中体会学快乐
Step 4 Practice
1 Make a dialogue in pairs
两组仿编话
设计意图:创设情境帮助学生巩固运语言
2 Do a survey
班里走动调查学父母兄弟姐妹职业填表格(教师提供更职业单词词组帮助学生开展活动)
Name
mother
father
brother
sister




















参考句型:—What does your do
—He’sShe’s
教学资源:表格
设计意图:真实调查活动调动全体学生参学生间轻松愉快交流学语言
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生说教师总结
T:1 学单词:country head teacher
2 巩固询问职业句型回答:
3 学表达愿句型:I want to be one day
设计意图:帮助学生纳知识点助学生知识理解
课堂作业
根单词首字母补全单词

1 This man is a f________ w________


2 My mother is a s_____

二单项选择
( )1 He often ______ to other countries
A going B go C goes
( )2 I want to ______ a doctor one day
A am B is C be
( )3 —______ your mother a police officer
—No she isn’t
A Is B Are C Does
三判断列句子图片T否F相符

( )1 My sister is a dancer


( )2 The woman is a head teacher


四选择合适句子补全话
Lily Hi Bob1______________
Bob No She’s in Beijing
Lily 2______________
Bob She’s a businesswoman 3______________
Lily What does your father do
Bob 4______________
Lily That’s nice
Bob Yeah 5______________
A She often flies to other cities
B He’s a doctor
C Is your mother here today
D He’ll be here today
E What does she do






Answers
1 factory worker 2singer
二1C2C3A
三1T2F
四1C2E3A4B5D








板书设计
A Let’s talk
father a businessman
Oliver’s Parents
Mother a head teacher

I want to beone day
(想成)

第三课时
课时容
B Let’s learn Write and discuss
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第五单元第三课时围绕家职业工作点展开话题通话学词汇fisherman scientist pilot coach句型Where does heshe work HeShe works表达引导学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备激发学生学英语热情前两课时关第三称单数特殊疑问句学课时学做铺垫课时重点四会单词掌握询问职业工作点句型运
课时包括Let’s learn Match and say两版块Let’s learn通呈现Oliver吴谈家工作情况场景
呈现单词词形意义版块呈现话情境较贴学生实际生活更激起学生学兴趣Write and discuss 版块操练B Let’s learn版块中关职业单词词组帮助学生巩固运职业名称工作点进行话达真实语境中运语言目
课时词汇教学利学生迁移力旧引新类单词类然拼读法帮助学生掌握单词话教学遵循学生体原采游戏创编话等种教学手段调动全体学生积极参
课时目标
1 够听说读写单词:fisherman scientist pilot coach
2 够听说运句型:Where does heshe work HeShe works
3 引导学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备激发学生学英语热情
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够听说读写单词:fisherman scientist pilot coach
(2)够听说运句型:Where does heshe work HeShe works
2 难点
核心句型灵活运
教学准备
课件词卡录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T How are you everybody
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks
2 Let’s sing
播放歌曲 What do you want to do 学生唱
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:歌曲运调节课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣
Step 2 Lead in
快闪活动
课件快速呈现factory worker post officer postman businessman图片师生问答
T What does heshe do
S1 He’sShe’s

`教学资源:课件
设计意图:复已学词汇句型时然引出文
Step 3 Presentation
1 Teaching fisherman scientist pilot coach
(1) Teaching fisherman
T Look at the man What does he do(呈现男渔民图片板书句子)
Ss He’s a fisherman(板书句子教学单词fisherman学生拼读理解句子齐读句子)
T What does she do(呈现女渔民图片)
S1 She’s a fisherwoman(板书单词指名读齐读)
(2)Teaching scientist pilot coach
T Look at this picture Who’s he(课件呈现钱学森图片)
S1 Qian Xuesen
T What does he do X|k | B| 1 c|O |m
Ss He’s a scientist(教学单词scientist先呈现science掉ce加tist学生尝试拼读指名读齐读理解句子齐读句子)
T He’s a Chinese scientist
(3) Teaching pilot
T Look at this man Who’s he(课件呈现杨利伟图片)
Ss He’s Yang Liwei
T What does he do
Ss He’s a pilot(板书单词pilot教读单词指名读学生拼读)
(4) Teaching coach
a T Look at this picture This woman is Lang Ping(呈现郎图片)She is a
Ss Coach(教学单词coach先呈现coat然掉t加ch引导学生拼读出coach发音
T Lang Ping is a basketball coach
b学生说出类教练:football coach basketball coach a swimming coach
(5)Listen to the tape and follow the tape
听录音读单词
(6)Read the words in pairs
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:利真实物呈现单词吸引学生学兴趣
2 Learn the dialogue
(1)T What does Oliver’s aunt do Where does he work Listen to the tape with the questions
(2)Answer the questions
T What does Oliver’s aunt do(板书句子)
S1 She’s a scientist(板书句子)
T Where does she work(板书句子讲解句子)
S2 She works in a university(板书句子讲解句子)
(3)Read the dialogue in role
(4)Make a dialogue in pairs
A What does____ do
B She’sHe’s_______
A Where does shehe work
B She He works _______
(5)呈现P47情境图
T What does Amy’s father do
Ss He’s a pilot
T Where does he work
Ss He works near the sea(讲解英国救援飞机飞行员装扮学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备:救生衣救生艇消防员衣服)
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:引导学生解橙色国紧急救援衣服设备开阔学生视野拓宽学生知识面激发学生学英语兴趣
Step 4 Practice
1 Write and discuss
(1)课件呈现五方图片单词学生配
(2)组讨回答:Who works in a universitygym
(3)呈现听诊器图片T What does Lee do Where does he work(学生回答呈现句子Lee is a doctor and he works in a pet hospital)
(4)学生两组四幅图片工作点进行问答练然独立完成表格会集体订正
句型:What does do Where does work
设计意图:帮助学生巩固运学核心句型达真实语境中交流语言目
2 Play a game
划猜
请五六名学生教室前第名学生背黑板学生面黑板站教师第名学生张职业单词词卡描述职业词条学生猜出职业名称动作表演该职业然拍第二名学生肩膀动作表演第二名学生第二名学生猜职业名称根理解表演动作次类推会名学生说出职业名称
教学资源:词卡描述职业纸条
设计意图:游戏环节活跃课堂气氛学生玩中巩固词汇
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生整理纳
1学四表示职业单词:fisherman scientist pilot coach
2学询问方工作点句型回答:Where does heshe work
HeShe works
设计意图:总结环节加深学生知识记忆
课堂作业
图写单词
1 2 3 4



__________ ___________ ___________ ____________
二选词填空
coach gym university pilot


1 Guo Wei is a _______ and he works on a rescue plane
2 Tom is a fisherman He works at________
3 Ann’s mother is a scientist She works in a __________
4 Ed is a _______ and he works in a gym
三补全话
Lisa 1______ is that man
Tim 2______ my uncle
Lisa What3 ______4he______
Tim He is a basketball coach
Lisa 5______does he6______
Tim He 7______ 8______ a big gym
Lisa Cool
Answers
1 fisherwoman 2 Coach 3 Scientist 4 pilot
二1 pilot 2 Sea 3 university 4 coach
三1Who 2He’s 3does 4do 5Where 6work 7works 8in






板书设计
B Let’s learn
A What does Oliver’s aunt do fisherman fisherwoman 渔民
B She’s a scientist scientist科学家
A Where does she work pilot 飞行员
B She works in a university coach 教练

第四课时
课时容
B Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第五单元第四课时第三课时紧密相连围绕家工作生活展开话题通话学词组stay healthy work hard study hard句型How does heshe go to work HeShe goes to work表达巩固询问工作点句型树立努力学健康生活意识第三课时Where does heshe work句型学课时教学奠定基础课时重点核心句型灵活运
课时包括Let’s tryLet’s talk两版块Let’s try通聊天呈现Let’s talk 背景进入Let’s talk学做准备Let’s talk 版块通Mike雨回家路聊家工作生活场景学生感知How does he go to work 语义语情景学会样情景表达情境发生回家路学生生活息息相关激起学生学兴趣
课题涉前面课时第二单元知识设计课教学程时通游戏问答歌曲等方法帮助学生回忆旧知学新知程中充分发挥学生体作引导学生学
课时目标
1 够理解词组stay healthy work hard study hard意思
2 够理解话意
3 够正确语音语调朗读话
4 够听说读写句型:Where does he work He works at sea How does he go to work He goes to work by bike
5 够情景中运询问工作点交通工具句型:Where does he work How does he go to work
6 树立努力学健康生活意识
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够理解话意
(2)够听说读写句型:Where does he work He works at sea How does he go to work He goes to work by bike
(3)够情景中运询问工作点交通工具句型:Where does he work How does he go to work
2 难点
(1)词组stay healthy work hard study hard理解
(2)熟练运询问工作点交通工具句型交流
教学准备:
课件物图片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Very well thanks
2 Play a game
课件呈现fisherman scientist coach pilot by bus by plane by train on foot等图片图片遮住部分学生猜出单词词组
3 Ask and answer
T How do you come to school
S1 I come to school
T How do you go to the park
S2 I go to the park
T How does S2 go to the park
S2 He She goes to the park

教学资源:课件
设计意图:游戏设计单词音形义进行复巩固学生玩程中扎实单词问答环节帮助学生复巩固旧知学新知做准备
Step 2 Lead in
1 Sing a song
播放歌曲How do you get there 学生唱
教学资源:课件
设计意图:歌曲运复已学词汇活跃课堂气氛
2 Let’s try
(1)呈现物图片介绍话背景
T This is Xiao Yu and Mike They are on their way home They are talking about Xiao Yu’s uncle What’s he like What does he do Guess
S1 Is he(引导学生Is he猜测)
S2 Is he

(2)听录音回答问题
(3)T How does he go to work Does Xiao Yu’s uncle often take him to school 次听录音回答问题
(4)T What about Mike’s uncle Let’s learn Let’s talk
教学资源:物图片录音机磁带
设计意图:通听力练提高听力水Let’s talk出现物做铺垫
Step 3 Presentation
1 初读课文
(1)T Look at the picture(呈现教材插图)Who’s this man (引导学生猜测物身份)
(2) Read the text with the questions
What does he do Where does he work How does he go to work(板书句子)
(3) Answer the questions
指名回答根学生回答板书句子
设计意图:初读课文整体感知话
2 读课文
(1)T What else do you know about Mike’s uncle 学生画出相关语句
(2)课件呈现语句教师讲解
He has a very healthy life
He works very hard and stays healthy




(先引导学生联系文猜测画线词义然理解句子带读句子分组读句子齐读句子注意强调动词第三称单数)
(3) T Mike’s uncle works very hard and stays healthy We should
Ss Study hard and stay healthy(引导学生说出课件呈现句子理解词组study hard教学should法)
(4)认读板书句子
教学资源:课件
设计意图:细读课文处理局部语言
3 听录音读课文
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:读录音模仿正确语音语调
4 分角色朗读课文表演课文
设计意图:学生创造展示机会时加深课文理解
Step 4 Practice
1 学生两组面表格中选组创编话
Name
What
Where
How
Mr Li
coach
gym
by bike
Mrs Zhao
head teacher
school
by car




教学资源:课件
设计意图:帮助学生更巩固运核心句型
2 调查员
采访桌询问方亲属职业相关问题记录制表格然根采访容做汇报
:xxx’s aunt is a police officer She works in a police station She goes to work by subway

My partner’s parents
HisHer _____ is aan__________
SheHe works in a ___________
SheHe goes to work__________





参考问题:
What does do HeShe is
Where does work HeShe works
How does go to work HeShe goes to work
教学资源:课件
设计意图:创设情境学生做学致
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发言师生整理
1 学词组:stay healthy work hard study hard
2 学询问工作点交通工具句型回答:
Where does shehe work She He works
How does shehe go to work SheHe goes to work
设计意图:培养学生纳力
课堂作业
找规律写单词
1 bus bike ________
2 how who ________
3 pilot worker ________
4 father uncle ________
二单项选择
( )1 He _______ a life healthy
A have B has C is
( )2 My aunt is a ______
A fisherman B fisherwoman C businessman
( )3 Li Ming works _______a boat
A by B on C in
三求完成句子
1 My uncle is a coach(画线部分提问)
______ ______ your uncle______
2 He works at sea (画线部分提问)
______ ______ he______
3 Mike goes to school by bus (画线部分提问)
______ ______ Mike ______ to school
4 Tim is a postman(变般疑问句)
______ ______ a postman
5 should we and hard study healthy stay()(连词成句)
____________________________________________________
Answers
符合题意
二1B 2B 3B
三1 What does do 2 Where does work 3 How does go 4 Is Tim 5 We should study hard and stay healthy









板书设计
B Let’s talk
What does he do
work hard 努力工作
study hard努力学
stay healthy保持健康

He is a fisherman
Where does he work
He works on a boat
How does he go to work
He goes to work by bike
第五课时
课时容
B Read and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第五单元第五课时围绕爱梦想职业展开话题通文学词汇gym if reporter use type quickly secretary够通推理阅读获信息解文章梗概完成意义仿写活动引导学生角度认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思样梦想知道逗号英语句子中停顿标志前课时词汇话学课时学奠定基础课时第五单元知识拓展课时重点文段理解捕捉文段关键信息力仿写活动
课时分读写语音三部分:第部分通阅读文段文段选择题目完成胡斌SarahRobin爱梦想职业工作点信息表第二部分意义语书写活动训练学生出游应具备安全意识明白没家长陪时参加校外活动应该取家长学校许第三部分呈现组句子学生够明白英语中逗号句中停顿标识朗读技巧
词汇理解结合图示联系文文段教学遵循学生体教师导原采取组合作方式引导学生学培养学生良阅读惯技巧
课时目标
(1)够听说认读单词:gym if reporter use type quickly secretary
(2)够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息力
(3)够根阅读获取信息完成意义书写活动
(4)知道英语句子中顿号文段中找更类句子正确朗读句子
(5)角度认识职业明白事某职业应具备条件构思样梦想
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说认读单词:gym if reporter use type quickly secretary
(2)够通阅读问题训练语篇中捕捉类型信息力
(3)够根阅读获取信息完成意义书写活动
2难点
够通阅读问题语篇中捕捉类型信息
教学准备
课件图片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
2 Let’s sing
播放歌曲My new pen pal学生唱
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:伴着优美歌曲学生快投入课堂
Step 2 Lead in
Ask and answer
T What are your hobbies
S1 I like
S2 I like
T What do you want to be Why
S3 I want to be a music teacher I like music

设计意图:通问答操练复巩固学句型学文段做铺垫
Step3 Presentation
1 阅读前
T Now look at these pictures(呈现Read and write物图片)They are Hu Bin Sarah and Robin What are their hobbies What do they want to be Guess
教学资源:图片
设计意图:引导学生猜测培养学生想象力表达力
2 阅读中
(1)快速浏览文段文段选择题目
(2)细读文段学文段
a组讨完成关RobinSarahRobin表格
b分析表格学细节
T What does Hu Bin like
S1 He likes sports
T He is good at(football pinpong and basketball) What does he want to be
Ss He wants to be a coach
T If you like sports you can be a coach a sports reporter or a PE teacher(课件呈现句子教学单词reporter理解句子)
T What does Sarah like
S1 She likes using computers
T What can she do
Ss She can type quickly(引导学生说出课件呈现句子助插图联系文理解单词type quickly教读单词理解句子齐读句子)
T Where is she going to work
Ss She wants to work in an office
T What does she want to be
Ss She wants to be a secretary(板书单词secretary教读单词理解单词)
T If you can type quickly you can be a secretary(课件呈现句子齐读句子)
What does Robin like
S1 He likes science
T What does he want to be
Ss He wants to be a scientist
T Where is he going to work
Ss He wants to work in a university
T If you like science you can be a scientist(课件呈现句子理解句子齐读句子)
(3)次阅读文段
展示文段播放录音读文段模仿正确语音语调
(4)T At the Real Word Camp children can do different jobs Do you want to go there Fill in the form(环节中教师渗透学生安全意识教育引导学生明白没家长陪时参加校外活动应该取家长学校许)
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通初读文段细读文段读文段方法帮助学生条理理解文段培养学阅读技巧
3阅读
完成Tips for pronunciation版块练
a呈现Tips for pronunciation版块句子
b播放录音学生读
c节拍读句子
d文段中寻找类句子朗读
e课件呈现句子指名读分组读
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通形式朗读明白逗号句中停顿标识朗读技巧
Step 4 Practice
1写写说说
(1)学生列出五种职业然桌较桌列出职业
(2)课件呈现职业单词学生讨类
singer writer worker businessman fisherwoman cleaner farmer dancer policeman driver football player artist




a词尾加er
b 词尾加r
c 词尾加ist
d 词尾加manwoman
教学资源:课件
设计意图:引导学生解某职业单词构成便学生单词记忆锻炼学生思维力
2 两组互相谈爱梦想职业然写成文段互相交流
参考问题:What are your hobbies
What can you do
What job do you want to do
I like_______________ I can ___________
I want to ____________________________




设计意图:训练学生核心句型综合运力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
Ss1学词汇 gym if reporter use type quickly secretary
2知道逗号英语句子中停顿标志
设计意图:培养学生纳力
课堂作业
求写单词
like

三单形式
use

现分词
1 2

work

名词
want to be

英译汉
3 4


二单项选择
( )1 She can type_____
A quick B quickly C slow
( )2 —What does he like —_____
A He’s tall B He goes there by bus C He likes sports
( )3 Sarah likes _____ computer
A use B using C uses
( )4 If you like science you can be a ______
A music teacher B TV reporter C scientist
三阅读手阅读短文回答问题
HiI’m Zhao Yang I’m a pupil My father is a fisherman He works at sea He goes to work by car My mother is a worker She works in a big factory She goes to work by bike I like drawing pictures I can draw well I want to work in a school
1 What does Zhao Yang’s father do
_______________________________________
2 What are Zhao Yang’s hobbies
_______________________________________
3 How does Zhao Yang’s mother go to work
_______________________________________
4 Who wants to work in a school
_______________________________________
5 Where does Zhao Yang’s mother work
_______________________________________
Answers
1 using 2likes 3想成 4worker
二1B 2C 3B 4C
三1 He is a fisherman 2 He likes drawing pictures
3 She goes to work by bike 4 Zhao Yang
4 She works in a big factory








板书设计
C Read and write
using computer
sports
science
Hu Bin
Robin
Sarah
coach
secretary
scientist
gym
office
university













第六课时
课时容
B Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up C story time
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第五单元第六课时前课时紧密相连围绕单元重点词汇句型展开Let’s check听力活动Let’s wrap it up单元句型句法纳Story time复巩固单元学语言增加学生语言输入保持英语学兴趣课时前课时重点知识总结课时重点核心词汇句型掌握句型纳表示建议询问职业梦想句型深化unusual job概念
课时包括Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up story time三版块Let’s check分两部分:第部分听力匹配活动检测单元部分核心词汇常表达第二部分听录音完成句子考查单元核心词汇句型Let’s wrap it up 引导学生总结纳Story time版块呈现ZoomZip聊天构思职业梦想事通事学复巩固表示建议询问职业梦想句型深化unusual job概念事阅读性强符合学生心理激学生学兴趣
Let’s wrap it up 启发学生思考引导学生总结纳培养学生思维力Story time通整体感知答疑解惑模仿表演方式巩固发展语言
课时目标
(1)够较完成Let’s check
(2)够巩固综合运句型—What does heshe do—HeShe is
—Where does heshe work —HeShe works
—How does heshe go to work—HeShe goes to work谈物职业生活情况
(3)够理解事容尝试表演事
课时重难点
1重点
(1)复单元知识完成Let’s check
(2)够理解事容尝试表演事
2难点
够表演事恰运事中语言
教学准备:
课件片录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everybody
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks
2 Sing a song
T Boys and girls Let’s sing a song together
播放歌曲What do you wan to do师生起唱
设计意图:激发全体学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛
Step 2 Lead in
快闪游戏
课件呈现单元核心词汇factory postman worker businessman police officer fisherman scientist pilot coach图片学生观察秒某图片快速闪掉学生记忆说出单词
教学资源:课件
设计意图:游戏活跃课堂气氛调动学生积极参复巩固单元核心词汇
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s check
(1) Listen and match
a 请学生逐图右边文字信息尝试推测听力求
b 播放录音听录音连线
b 校答案
(2)Listen again and answer the questions
a 请学生听录音前读遍题
b 播放录音完成练
c 校答案
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先图相关文字信息做目听录音培养听前预测惯逐步提高听力水
2 Let’s wrap it up
(1)T I have a good friend (课件呈现教师朋友片)Do you want to know something about her You can ask me
S1 What does she do
T She is a teacher
S2 Where does she work
T She works in a middle 1 school
S3 How does she go to workschool
T She goes to work by car
S4 What does she teach

(学生提出想知道问题教师回答时板书相关信息句子)
(2)学生描述谈物信息
(3)学生出准备家朋友片两组参考板书句型互相问答
(4)观察板书句子组讨总结提问方法然汇报讨结果教师补充
(5)学生书完成练然师生核
(6)听清游戏
两组AB说:Mary has a cat B做出假装听见动作说:I didn’t hear you What does Mary have A说次句子
教学资源:片
设计意图:引导学生观察总结启发学生思维
3 Learn Story time
(1) T In our life there are some unusual jobs(板书unusual job教读词组理解词组)
(2)观动画横线画出事中提寻常职业
(3)深入学事
a读课文然组讨问题汇报答案
How many unusual jobs does Zoom think of
What are they
What does Zip want to be
(学生汇报程中课件呈现a lion tamer a bee farmer a computer game tester a magician’s assistant图片词组学词组)
b 学生谈职业
T What do you want to be Do you want to have a part time job here Why do you want to be a Why not
(4)次欣赏事读事
(5)分角色朗读事
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:先欣赏动画整体感知然理解事次欣赏事分角色朗读事条理楚学事
Step 4 Presentation
组备道具表演事
教学资源:备事中道具
设计意图:事表演激发学生想象力提高学生口头表达力交际力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师结
1 复巩固单元核心词汇句型
2 解unusual job概念
3 纳单元句型句法
设计意图:整理知识点培养学生纳力
课堂作业
求写单词
job

复数
have

三单形式
1 2

aunt

反义词
校长

汉译英
3 4


二求完成句子
1 Linda has a dog(画线部分提问)
What _______ Linda _______
2 She goes to school on foot (画线部分提问
How _______ she _______ to school
3 mother Wei Fang’s is worker a factory()(连词成句)
______________________________
4 didn’t I you hear()(连词成句)
______________________________
三练笔
请介绍包括兴趣爱梦想职业等少30单词
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________



Answers
1has 2 jobs 3 head teacher 4 uncle
二1does have 2does go 3Wang Fang’s mother is a factory worker 4I didn’t hear you
三I’m Tom I’m a boy I am tall and strong I like sports I often go running in the park I’m good at basketball football and badminton I want to be a basketball player like Yao Ming











板书设计
B Let’s wrap it up C Story time
1 What does she have
unusual job
寻常工作
She has a dog
2 Where does she work
She works in a middle 1 school
3 How does she go to workschool
She goes to workschool by car
疑问词+does + shehe+动词原形?
SheHe+ 动词三单形式+

Unit Six How do you feel
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册第六单元单元话题How do you feel
单元通场景提供关表达情绪心理状态疏导情绪提出建议句型三版块A 部分B部分C 部分A部分包括重点词汇情景话两课时第课时展示Sarah猫生活事件中状态情绪引出核心词汇句型第二课时通SarahSam谈动画片呈现核心句型be+ 表示情绪形容词A 部分重点掌握词汇核心句型B部分包括重点词汇情景话读写三课时第课时通呈现物情境中表现情绪感受场景引出疏导情绪表示建议句型: should Don’t第二课时通Sarah姐弟母亲间话进步巩固疏导情绪表示建议句型第三课时通Robin蚂蚁互相帮助事拓展单元学知识B部分重点核心词汇句型掌握B部分中听力测试词汇规律活动C部分事组成课时重点复巩固单元学重点词汇句型
组织课堂教学中首先解学生学情整体握单元教学容教学重点教学难点结合单元题How do you feel设计教学教材设定情境课件图片等方式呈现引导学生合作学中正确表达学句型培养学生语言交际力
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写单词词组: sad angry happy worried afraid see the doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
(2)够听说认读单词:feel wrong ill chase mice should well sit grass hear ant worry stuck mud pull everyone
(3)够听说读写句型:
How do you feel
The mice are afraid of the cat
The cat is angry with them
He should see a doctor
Don’t be angry
(4)够掌握句式
语+be+表示情绪形容词
(5)够理解蚂蚁Robin互相帮助事够正确意群语音语调朗读事
(6)知道英语句子中单词间失爆破现象
2 力目标
(1)够正确核心词汇简单表达动物种情绪心理状态疏导情绪提出建议

(2)够情景中运句型:
寻求问题解决方法句型What should do
询问情绪心理状态句型How does feel
疏导情绪提出建议句型 should Don’t
(3)够图片文字支持完成表格仿写语句
3情感目标
学生渗透中心关心想貌取知恩图报
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1)够听说读写单词词组:sad angry happy worried afraid see the doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
(2)够运述词汇简单表达动物种情绪心理状态疏导情绪提出建议
(3) 够听说读写句型:
How do you feel
The mice are afraid of the cat
The cat is angry with them
He should see a doctor
Don’t be angry
(4)够情景中运句型:
寻求问题解决方法句型What should do
询问情绪心理状态句型How does feel
疏导情绪提出建议句型 should Don’t
2 教学难点
核心句型灵活运
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景交际法愉快教学法
教学时间
单元分六课时教学
第课时 A Let’s learn Write and say
第二课时 A Let’s try Let’s talk
第三课时 B Let’s learn Play card games
第四课时 B Let’s try Let’s talk
第五课时 B Read and write
第六课时 B Let’s check Let’s wrap it up C Story time
知识视窗
1feel法
(1)作连系动词
a表示某感觉
:I feel well today
天感觉
b表示某物摸起感觉
:Ice feels cold
冰感觉凉
(2)作实义动词
表示觉认
:I felt that he was right

2表示心情心理状态单词集合
excited兴奋 tired 疲倦 bored聊 busy忙碌 envious 嫉妒羡慕 nervous焦虑 relaxed 轻松 shy 害羞 patient耐性 miserable悲惨 upset难失 calm镇定静 anxious焦急

第课时
课时容
A Let’s learn Write and say
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第六单元第课时围绕How do you feel话题展开学单词feel angry afraid sad worried happy句型语+be+表示情绪形容词表达情绪心理状态表达引导学生关注激发学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心第课时单元基础课时重点四会单词掌握核心句型掌握
课时包括Let’s learn Write and say两版块Let’s learn通展示Sarah 猫生活事件中状态情绪体现单词词形意义情境设置真实贴学生生活更激发学生学兴趣Write and say版块综合性语活动目学生结合生活验判断物情绪心理状态巩固运A部分学词汇句型
课词汇教学利教材中情景展开遵循学生体原运情景教学法愉快教学法等调动全体学生积极参引导学生学
课时目标
(1)够听说读写单词:feel angry afraid sad worried happy
(2)够运述单词描述动物种情绪心理状态
(3)够运句型语+be+表示情绪形容词表达物动物情绪心理状态
(4)引导学生关注激发学生学英语心情树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写单词:feel angry afraid sad worried happy
(2)够运述单词描述动物种情绪心理状态
(3)够运句型语+be+表示情绪形容词表达物动物情绪心理状态
2难点
核心句型灵活运
教学准备
媒体课件图片录音机磁带卡片
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes
2 Enjoy a song
T I have a song for you Let’s enjoy
(播放歌曲If you’re happy clap your hands学生欣赏)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:活跃课堂气氛感知课时核心词汇
Step 2 Lead in
T Boys and girls how do you feel(板书句子教学单词feel理解句子齐读句子) Are you happy
Ss Yes
T Look at the picture What’s this(呈现Sarah猫图片)
Ss It’s a cat
T Who is she
Ss She’s Sarah
T What are they doing How does Sarah feel How does Sarah feel Let’s learn together
教学资源:图片
设计意图:通谈话然导入正文
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s learn
(1) Look at picture1(课件呈现A Let’s learn版块第幅插图)
T Look at the cat It broke the cup How does Sarah feel now
Ss She is angry(引导学生回答板书单词angry带读拼读)
T How does the cat feel
S2 The cat is afraid(引导学生回答板书单词afraid教读拼读齐读)
T If you were Sarah what will you say to the cat If you were the cat what will you do
(组织学生讨交流法)
(2) Look at picture 2 What about the cat
Ss The cat is ill
T Yes so Sarah is (板书单词sad结合字母a发音规拼读指名读齐读)
Ss Sarah is sad
T If you were Sarah what will you say to the cat(互相讨分享法)
(3)样方法学第三幅图第四幅图教学单词worried happy
(4)升降调领读新单词
(5)听录音读单词两练读单词
(6)带读板书句子齐读板书句子总结板书句型(强调系动词变化)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:利教材中情景展开教学激发学生学兴趣帮助学生更理解运
2 Write and say
(1)课件呈现教材插图学生讨插图
(2)独立完成书写活动
(3)互相交流
设计意图:巩固运Let’s learn学词汇句型
Step 4 Practice
2 翻卡片说句子
教师等词卡面贴黑板请名学生意翻开中张全体学生问:How do you feel 果翻开sad该生说Sad sad I’m sad 引导学生补充产生种情绪心理状态原
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:训练学生句子环境中操练核心词汇
2变脸活动
请名学生讲台前面全体学生呈现表情学生句子描述做出生气表情学生说:xxx is angry
设计意图:通趣表演调动全体学生积极性巩固核心词汇句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生纳
1 学表示情绪心理状态单词angry afraid sad happy worried
2 学表达物动物情绪心理状态句型:
语+be+表示情绪心理状态形容词
设计意图:引导学生纳加深知识记忆
课堂作业
求写单词
happy

反义词
worry

形容词

1 2

feel

英译汉
her


3 4


二单项选择
( )1 How ______you feel
A do B are C does
( )2 Sarah’ s father is ill She is______
A happy B sad C angry
( )3 I ______ happy because my mom is going to Beijing with me
A is B are C am
三图补全句子

1 They _________ _________


2 The boy _________ _________

Answers
1worried 2sad 3she 4感觉
二1A 2B 3C
三1are happy 2 is afraid






板书设计
Unit 6 How do you feel
A Let’s learn
The cat is afraid Sarah is angry
The cat is ill Sarah is sad
Sarah and the cat are worried
They are happy
(语+be+表示情绪心理状态形容词)

第二课时
课时容
A Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第六单元第二课时第课时紧密相连围绕心情感受展开话题节课通谈话情景学单词chase mice bad hurt继续学表达心情感受句子be +表示情绪形容词鼓励学生积极发言继续培养学生英语学兴趣第课时中句型核心句型学课时教学做铺垫课时重点话理解核心句型正确运
课时包括Let’s try Let’s talk 两版块Let’s try听力训练呈现Sarah Sam天气寒冷法外出家里讨做什情景通听力练学生获A Let’s learn 版块物场景信息Let’s talk通呈现Sarah Sam家谈动画片场景引出核心句型be +表示情绪形容词谈动画片学生非常感兴趣话题更激发学生求知欲想英语表达欲
课时词汇教学助定语境肢体语言图片等方法帮助学生学理解
话教学采游戏复旧知助教材设置情境学新知组活动游戏等方法巩固新知引导学生更理解运语言
课时目标
1 够听说认读单词:chase mice bad hurt
2 够情景中运句型be +表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
3 够理解话意
4 够正确意群语音语调朗读话
5 鼓励学生积极发言继续培养学生英语学兴趣
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说认读单词:chase mice bad hurt
(2)够情景中运句型be +表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
(3)够理解话意
2难点
句型be +表示情绪形容词正确运
教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T How do you feel
S1 I feel

2 Review some words
课件呈现表情脸学生根表情拼出单词
:呈现笑脸图学生说出happy HAPPY happy
教学资源:课件
设计意图:巩固节课学核心词汇课学做铺垫
3 Play a game
教师请名告奋勇学生讲台前学生说句子名学生根学生说句子做出表情:xxx is sad xxx名学生听作出伤心表情
设计意图:游戏运调动学生积极性巩固节课学句型
Step 2 Lead in
Let’s try
(1)T Look at the picture Who are they(呈现教材插图)
Ss They are Sarah and Sam
T Look out of the window What’s the weather like
Ss It’s coldwindy
T It’s cold outside Where are they Guess
(2)Listen to the tape and answer question 1
(3)T If you are at home what will you do
S1 I will read books

T What will Sarah and Sam do
(4)Listen to the tape again and answer question 2
(5)T What film will they watch Let’s learn Let’s talk
教学资源:课件录音机
设计意图:听力练学生获A Let’s learn 版块物场景信息正式进入话学做准备
Step 3 Presentation
Let’s talk
1带着问题快速浏览课文
What film do they watch
设计意图:整体感知文获取信息
2学课文
a次读课文获取信息
b组讨问题指名回答问题
What does the cat do What does he often do Why does he do that
(学生回答问题时课件适时呈现相关语句He chases the mice Because the mice are bad They hurt people教学单词chase mice bad hurt理解句子)
c T How do the mice feel
Ss They are afraid of him(课件呈现句子教学词组be afraid of理解句子齐读句子)
T How does the cat feel
Ss He is angry with them(课件呈现句子教学词组be angry with理解句子齐读句子)
d 课件呈现句子Maybe our cat is chasing a mouse now 教学引导学生图理解句子意义
教学资源:课件
设计意图:学课文程中采取组合作方式顾学生降低学难度
3听录音读课文分角色朗读课文
设计意图:通形式读培养学生语感
Step 4 Practice
1组活动
教师展示P58情景图片组织学生组讨 What is shehe doing How do you feel What will you do when you see this
2手指游戏
学生彩笔手指画表情然桌互相How does heshe feel HeShe is angrysad句型交流
教学资源:教材插图
设计意图:通活动帮助学生巩固运核心句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发言
1学单词chase mice bad hurt词组be afraid of be angry with
2学运句型be +表示情绪形容词表达心情感受
设计意图:总结利学生知识纳力培养
课堂作业
单项选择
( )1—What’s this cartoon_________
—It’s about a cat
A in B about C at
( )2 The _________ are bad
A mouse B mice C cats
( )3 Your cat is _________ a mouse now
A chase B chasing C chases
( )4 Amy is afraid _________ the dog
A of B to C for
二列句子中画线部分选择正确汉语
( )1 The cat is a police officer
A 警局 B 警察 C 邮递员
( ) 2 They hurt people
A()受伤 B 痛苦 C 抓住
三连词成句
1 do feel how you()
_______________________________________________
2 is Tom with them angry()
_______________________________________________
3 happy are her and Sarah cat()
_______________________________________________
Answers
1B 2B 3B 4A
二1B 2A
三1How do you feel
2 Tom is angry with them
3 Sarah and her cat are happy






板书设计

A Let’s talk
angry
hurt people
a cat
police officer
mice(复数)
mouse(bad)
afraid
chase







第三课时
课时容
B Let’s learn Play card games
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第六单元第三课时围绕Solve the problem话题展开引导学生学词组see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten句型What should I do You should表达引导学生关心想激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心前两课时表达情绪心理状态句型学课时做铺垫课时重点四会词组掌握够运熟练运句型You should提出合理建议
课时包括Let’s learn Play card games两版块Let’s learn通呈现陈杰吴MikeOliver情境中表现情绪感受教师父母朋友分提出针性建议疏导情绪场景引出重点词组句型You should情景贴学生实际生活激起学生学兴趣Play card games版块通学生抽取卡片两组根卡片显示情绪感受分寻求建议合理建议达真实语境中交流语言目
课时然新授课单词seedoctor doexercise wearwarm clothescount to ten take四五年级教材中已学句型We should第五单元已接触课教学中利教材中情景展开教学运情景教学法愉快教学法等种教学方法调动全体学生参引导学生学
课时目标
1 够听说读写词组:see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
2 够运述词组疏导情绪提出建议
3 够听说运句型You should提出合理建议
4 引导学生关心想激发学生学英语热情保持英语学兴趣树立学英语信心
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够听说读写词组:see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
(2)够运述词组疏导情绪提出建议
(3)够听说运句型You should提出合理建议
2 难点
熟练运句型You should提出合理建议
教学准备
视频课件词卡录音机磁带顶帽子
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T How are you everybody
Ss I’m fine thanks And you
T Very well thanks
2 Let’s sing
T Now let’s sing a song together Ok
Ss Ok
(播放歌曲If you’re happy clap your hands师生边做动作边唱歌)
教学资源:录音机课件
设计意图:拉师生间距离活跃课堂气氛吸引学生兴趣课教学良开端
Step 2 Lead in
1Ask and answer
T Good Boys and girls how do you feel now
Ss We are happy
T How do you feel now(教师呈现angry worried sad等图片学生根图片回答)
S1 I’m angry
S2 I’m worried

教学资源:图片
设计意图:复巩固学词汇句型学新知做准备
2 教师呈现遇问题行解决问题视频引出题:Solve the problems
教学资源:视频
设计意图:真实情境引出题更激发学生学兴趣
Step 3 Presentation
1Teaching the phrases see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
(1) T Have you met any problems before What problem was it What should you do(请两名学生谈遇问题解决办法时感受等
(2) T Look at the pictures Who are they(课件呈现教材插图)
Ss Chen Jie Wu Yifan Mike and Oliver
T They had met some problems too What should they do
(3) Learn see a doctor
T Who is she (课件呈现第幅图)
Ss Chen Jie
T How does she feel
S1 Not well
T Yes She is
Ss Ill (板书单词ill)
T What should she do
S2 See a doctor(板书词组see a doctor理解词组带读词组齐读词组)
T She should see a doctor(板书单词should 指名读齐读拼读带读句子)
(4) Learn do more exercise
T Who is he
Ss Wu Yifan
T What is he doing
Ss He’s running
T He can’t run fast What should he do
S1 Do morning exercises
T He should do more exercise(板书词组do more exercise讲解more理解词组指名读齐读)
(5)样方法教学wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten(注意教学程中旧词引新词然拼读方法教学单词)
(6)听录音读词组
(7)两练读词组齐读词组
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:先引导学生结合身讨题相关话题然利教材中情景展开词汇教学教学构成中注意旧引新然拼读等方法帮助学生更学
2 Teaching You should
(1)课件呈现Let’s learn四副插图学生句型She He should 描述幅图
(2)T Look at me I’m strong now What should I do(板书句子理解句子齐读句子)
Ss You should do more exercise
T I am angry now (做出生气表情)What should I do
S1 You should take a deep breath and count to ten

(3)总结should法
设计意图:通教师做表情动作引导学生You should句型描述教师做道具更激发学生学热情激起学生表达欲
Step 4 Practice
1 Play card games
两组出制卡片cold ill angry worried等然轮流抽取卡片出建议
A What should you do B You should
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:巩固B Let’s learn版块中表达情绪提出建议词汇句型
2 Express yourself
教师学生分成组组选择张表示情绪图片教师请名学生戴帽子扮演心理医生提问:angry angry who is angry 选中angry图片组说:Angry angry I’m angry 扮演心理医生学生回应相应疏导情绪句子
设计意图:活跃课堂气氛训练学生核心句型
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言总结
1学词组:see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
2学寻求解决问题方法提出建议疏导情绪句型:
What should do should
设计意图:节课学知识进行纳加深知识理解记忆
课堂作业
选出类单词
( )1 A doctor B coach C mother
( )2 A can B give C should
( )3 A clothes B worried C happy
( )4 A do B breath C see
二单项选择
( )1 Mike is ill He should ________ a doctor
A see B sees C look
( )2 I’m ________ I should wear warm clothes
A hot B cold C angry
( )3 You’re too fat You should do ________ exercise
A many B much C more
三连词成句
1 I what do should()
_________________________________________
2 a you take deep should breath()
_________________________________________
3 does how feel Sarah()
_________________________________________
Answers
1C 2B 3A 4B
二1A 2B 3C
三1What should I do
2You should take a deep breath
3 How does Sarah feel()








板书设计
B Let’s learn

What should I do
(应该)see a doctor
do more exercise
You should wear warm clothes
take a deep breath
count to ten
第四课时
课时容
B Let’s try Let’s talk
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第六单元第四课时第三课时紧密相连继续围绕疏导情绪提出建议话题展开通话学询问状况句型What’s wrong提出建议句型Don’t should学生进行中心关心着想德育教育第三课时中句型should学课时起铺垫作课时重点核心句型运
课时包括Let’s tryLet’s talk两版块Let’s try通Sarah父母话场景呈现Let’s talk版块物场景信息Let’s talk版块通Sarah Sam母亲话学生感知He should Don’t 语义语情景版块讲述Sarah父亲生病带公园事情情景真实教育意义激起学生学兴趣
设计课教学程时首先采游戏认读词组方法帮助学生回忆巩固节课知识然采整体感知话局部处理语言模仿话方法学话表演话角色扮演等方法巩固话
课时目标
1 够理解话意
2 够正确语音语调朗读话
3 够听说读写句型:He should see a doctor Don’t be sad
4 够情景中运句型Don’t should提出建议
5 够What’s wrong询问状况
6 学生进行中心关心着想德育教育
课时重难点
1 重点
(1)够理解话意
(2)够听说读写句型:He should see a doctor Don’t be sad
(3)够情景中运句型Don’t should提出建议
(4) 够What’s wrong询问状况
2 难点
核心句型综合运
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带纸箱
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning boys and girls
Ss Good morning teacher
T How do you feel today
Ss I’m happy
T Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes
2 Play a game
教师桌子放置angry sad ill等词卡请名学生意抽取词卡边说边做动作:I am ill(做出生病样子)学生提出建议
3 Read the phrases
教师呈现see a doctor do more exercise wear warm clothes take a deep breath count to ten
词组学生认读
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:游戏设计词卡认读调动全体学生积极性复巩固节课知识
Step 2 Lead in
1 Let’s try
(1)T Oh it’s o’clock It’s time for English class What time is it now(课件呈现7点钟图片)
Ss It’s seven o’clock
T It’s time to get up Who is talking Doctors or parents Guess
Ss Parents
T What are they talking about
(2)带着问题听录音
(3)学生圈出答案
(4)师生核答案
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先预测做目听录音提高学生听力技巧
2 T Look at the picture(课件呈现B Let’s talk教材插图)Who are they
Ss Sarah Sam and their mum
T What are they talking about Let’s learn the text together
教学资源:课件
设计意图:通谈图片然引起文
Step 3 Presentation
1 Learn the text
(1) 学生图预测话容
T Look at the picture How do they feel What happened(学生发挥想象预测容)
(2) 读课文整体感知话回答问题
How does Sam feel Why
(3) 学话
T Sam can’t go to the zoo today He feels sad What should he do
S1 Don’t be sad(板书句型Don’t be sad理解句子齐读句子)
S2 You can go to the zoo next time

T What’s wrong with his father (板书句子What’s wrong教学单词wrong联系文讲解句子理解句子齐读句子)
Ss He’s ill
T How does he feel
Ss Not well
T What should Sam’s father do
S1 He should see a doctor this morning
T What will
(4)T If you were Sarah and Sam what should you do(学生发言适时学生进行关心着想德育教育)
2 播放录音学生读课文分角色朗读课文
3 两组仿编课文指组真实表演课文
教学资源:课件录音机磁带
设计意图:通整体感知语言处理局部语言模仿语言创编语言方法帮助学生更学语言理解语言运语言
Step 4 Practice
1 情景表演活动
(1)呈现Act your friends版块中图片请学生观察物情绪组讨提出建议全班分享(注意学生渗透关心朋友朋友提出合理建议帮助思想)
(2)四组根提供文模拟情景进行表演
参考句型:What’s wrong
How do you feel
What should I do

设计意图:训练学生综合运核心句型力
2帮手游戏
学生写张纸条:I’m very sad What should I do 放进教师提前备纸箱里请名学生轮流抽取纸条读出纸条容组讨 should Don’t 提出建议
教学资源:纸箱
设计意图:游戏运活跃课堂气氛吸引全体学生兴趣达真实语境中巩固语言运语言目
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言
1学提出建议句型:Don’t should
2 学询问状况句型:What’s wrong
设计意图:引导学生纳知识点加深知识理解记忆
课堂作业
单词适形式填空
1 Don’t _______ angry(be)
2 How _______ Lisa feel(do)
3 We should do more_______ Keep our body healthy(exercise)
4 _______ father is ill(you)
二问答连线
Ⅰ栏 Ⅱ栏
1 What’s wrong A They will go to the park
2 How do you feel Amy B I’m ill
3 What should Mike do C I’m happy
4 What will they do D He should take a deep breath
三选择合适句子补全话
Mom It’s seven o’clock 1___________________
Ann Ok mum
Mom 2___________________
Ann I have a headache3 ___________________
Mom Oh How do you feel now
Ann 4___________________
Mom 5___________________ Let’s go to the hospital now
A Not well
B It’s time to get up
C You should see a doctor
D What’s wrong
E I think I can’t go to school






Answers
1be 2 does 3 Exercise 4 Your
二1B 2C 3D 4A
三1B 2D 3E 4A 5C






板书设计
B Let’s talk
询问状况句型:What’s wrong
提出建议句型should
Don’t
第五课时
课时容
B Read and write
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第六单元第五课时围绕Robin蚂蚁事展开通阅读文学词汇sit grass hear ant stuck worry mud pull everyone够通推理完成系列活动学生渗透貌取明白团结力量乐助道理课时第六单元知识拓展延伸前课时词汇话学课时学做铺垫课时重点词汇理解通阅读文完成系列活动
课时Read and write分读写语音三部分第部分求学生阅读图片文选择文章旨事发展图片排序第二部分概括文章容书写活动先补全句子然复述事第三部分语音训练复述事第三部分语音训练知道英语中单词间失爆破现象掌握单词间爆破读法文中正确朗读出文通讲述Robin蚂蚁互相帮助事讲述助乐带快乐事事情节生动趣非常吸引提高学生阅读兴趣
课时词汇学学生说定难度教师结合图片简笔画定语境帮助学生理解文学
遵循学生体教师导原采取组合作方式全面调动学生参引导学生学培养良阅读惯技巧
课时目标
(1)够听说认读单词短语:sit grass hear ant stuck worry mud pull everyone
(2)够语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题
(3)够根阅读获取信息完成缩写活动口头复述事
(4)知道英语中单词间失爆破现象够文中找出正确朗读
(5)学生渗透貌取明白团结力量乐助道理
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够语篇中捕捉类型信息提炼出文章旨意完成排序题
(2)够根阅读获取信息完成缩写活动口头复述事
(3)知道英语中单词间失爆破现象够文中找出正确朗读
2难点
(1)词汇认读理解
(2)够通阅读获取信息完成缩写活动口头复述事
教学准备
媒体课件卡片录音机磁带Robin图片
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Good morning everyone
Ss Good morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
2 Let’s sing
教师播放歌曲The Way I Feel学生先欣赏然拍手唱
教学资源:录音机磁带w W w X k b 1c O m
设计意图:歌曲运调节课堂气氛吸引全体学生注意力
Step 2 Lead in
1 画画
(1)课件呈现afraid happy angry sad词卡学生认读
(2)学生教材中画出表情
2 T What is it(教师简笔画黑板画出蚂蚁)
S1 It’s an ant
T What’s this(呈现Robin图片找黑板)
Ss Robin
T Yes What happened to Robin and the ant Today we’ll learn a story about Robin and the ant
教学资源:图片
设计意图:利简笔画引出题更吸引学生兴趣
Step 3 Presentation
1 快速浏览事完成阅读理解第题
What does the story tell us
设计意图:初读课文提炼文章旨意
2 次细读文
(1)句子排序横线画出幅图片相关语句
(2)组讨整合意见
(3)指名汇报
学生汇报程中结合图片简笔画联系文适时教学词汇板书词汇
设计意图:助图片简笔画语境等手段更帮助学生理解词汇
3 播放录音学生读录音模仿录音
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:模仿正确停顿语音语调提高学生口语表达力
4 分角色朗读事完成填空
(1) 组分角色朗读课文
两旁白Robin蚂蚁朗读事
(2) 师生分角色朗读课文
教师旁白男生Robin女生蚂蚁
(3) 组讨完成填空
a It’s a ______ morning Robin is going to _____ on the grass when he hears Wait
b The ant is________
c It’s______ Robin is stuck in the ______and_______________
d The ants are strong They_________________
e Now everyone_________________________








(4) 师生整理答案
(5) 带读句子练读句子
设计意图:分角色阅读事更调动学生读兴趣提高阅读力
5 学生组复述事指名学生复述事(学生渗透貌取明白团结力量乐助道理)
设计意图:复述事培养学生口头表达力语言概括力
6 完成Tips for pronunciation
(1)课件呈现语音版块单词
(2)听录音读找出规律
(3)教师讲解单词间失爆破现象发音方法
(4)文中找出更类现象曲线画出请学生朗读
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先读感受单词间失爆破现象尝试找出发音规律然教师讲解巩固练更帮助学生记忆
Step 4 Practice
课剧表演
全班学生分成组组长组员安排角色组练表演Robin蚂蚁事然全班表演评出佳表演组
教学资源:备道具
设计意图:课剧表演调动全体学生积极参更帮助学生理解事时培养学生合作意识
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this class
学生发言教师引导学生整合纳知识点
1学单词词组 sit grass hear ant stuck worry mud pull out of everyone
2学Robin蚂蚁事明白道理:
We should always be nice to each other
3知道英语中单词间失爆破现象
设计意图:师生整理纳强调重点深化知识


课堂作业
完全形式
let’s

hear

音词
求写单词
1 2

will not

缩写形式
3 say

三单形式
4

ant

英译汉
5


二单项选择
( )1 They pull him out _______ the water
A for B of C on
( )2 Everyone_______ happy
A is B are C am
( )3 It’s a _______ day
A sunny B sun C rain
( )4 想安慰朋友说:_______
A Don’t worry B Don’t worried C Not well
三连词成句
1 Robin in is the mud stuck()
_______________________________________
2 going to he is on sit grass the()
_______________________________________
3 are strong they()
_______________________________________
Answers
1let us 2 here 3 says 4 won’t 5 蚂蚁
二1B2A3A4A
三1 Robin is stuck in the mud
2 He is going to sit on the grass
3 They are strong








板书设计
B Read and write
Robin
and
the ant

Robin图片
蚂蚁简笔画



stuck

Don’t worry
担心
pullout of


mud

We should always be nice to each other




第六课时
课时容
B Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up C story time
课时分析
课时教版六年级册第六单元第六课时前课时紧密相连围绕单元重点词汇句型展开通Let’s check检测单元AB部分核心词汇句型Story time引导学生复巩固单元学语言增加语言输入激发学生阅读兴趣课时前课时重点知识回顾课时重点复巩固单元核心词汇句型
课时包括Let’s checkLet’s wrap it up story time三版块Let’s check分听力匹配活动听录音选择答案两部分引导学生学会图片信息中推测考查点目针性听录音培养学生良听力惯Let’s wrap it up词汇类活动Story time版块呈现Zip等Zoom做爆米花事事阅读性强情节趣符合学生心理更激发学生阅读兴趣事学复巩固表达感情句型I’m提出建议句型should Don’t单元句型介绍植物生长知识
课时话题较版块采取方法Let’s wrap it up 引导学生纳总结培养学生思维力Story time采初步感知深入学角色体会等方式巩固发展语言
课时目标
(1)够较完成Let’s check培养学生良听力惯
(2)复巩固单元核心词汇句型
(3)够理解事容尝试表演事
(4)培养学生学英语兴趣增强团队合作意识
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够较完成Let’s check培养学生良听力惯
(2)够理解事容尝试表演事
2难点
够表演事恰运事中语言
教学准备:
课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
Greeting
T Good morning everybody
Ss Morning teacher
T How are you today
Ss I’m fine thanks
T:What’s the weather like today
Ss It’s sunnywindy…
T How do you feel
Ss I’m
T Are you ready for English class
Ss Yes We’re ready
设计意图:通学生间互相聊天拉进学生间距离正式进入学准备
Step 2 Lead in
问答活动
课件次呈现happy sad angry cold等情感感受图片然教师问学生:How are you feeling now学生根表情拍手回答:Happy happy I’m happy(男女生分组进行活动)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:趣问答吸引学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛时复已学知识Let’s wrap it up做铺垫
Step 3 Presentation
1 Let’s wrap it up
(1)指名认读happy dad angry cold等单词全班齐读(教师课件展示环节单词)
(2)组讨补充更表示情感感受单词
(3)分类活动
表示感受词汇
ill hungry cold
warm hot
表示情感词汇
sorry worried bad sad happy angry




(4)句子接龙
四组名学生次说句话第学生说:I feel hungry 第二名学生说:You feel hungry and I feel happy类推
(5)总结feel法
feel面表示感受感情形容词
教学资源:课件
设计意图:引导学生观察讨总结启发学生思维培养学生学生意识
2 Let’s check
(1) Listen and match
a 学生观察图片文字信息预测听力容
b 播放录音学生完成连线
c 师生核
(2)Listen again and circle the right answers
a 学生读题预测答案
b 次听录音学生选择正确答案
c 师生核
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:先猜测题意做针性听录音提高学生听力技巧
3 Learn Story time
(1)T Ok everyone Look at here What is this
Ss Popcorn(板书单词popcorn 指名读齐读)
T Do you like popcorn
Ss Yes
(2)带着问题动画课件整体感知
What is this story about
(3)学事
a呈现第幅图介绍事背景
T Where are Zoom and Zip
Ss At home
T What are they doing
Ss They’re watching TV
T What will Zoom do
Ss He will make popcorn
b呈现第二第四幅图
How does Zip feel(引导学生找出Zip等程中心情板书单词happy worried)
c呈现第五第六幅图
T What is Zoom doing
Ss He is making popcorn
T How does he do that(课件呈现Zoom做爆米花语句解Zoom没做爆米花原带读语句猜测Zip时心情)
(4)次欣赏事听录音读事
教学资源:课件
设计意图:整体感知事深入学事欣赏事读事逐步引导学生提高学生阅读力
Step 4 Presentation
调整事文然分组表演事
设计意图:分角色表演事增加语言输入锻炼学生口语交际力发挥学生想象力培养学生合作意识
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson

1 复巩固单元核心词汇句型
2 知道feel面表示感受感情形容词
3 学趣事
设计意图:学生发言教师帮助整理纳知识点
课堂作业
图选择图片相符选项
1 2 3 4


( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
A angry B happy C sad D afraid



二单项选择
( ) 1 If I am ill I should _______
A see a doctor B count to ten C listen to music
( )2 _______does Oliver feel
A What B How C Where
( )3—Do you have _______ popcorn
—Yes I do
A some B a C any
( )4 想表达生气时说:_______
A Don’t worry B Don’t angry C Don’t be angry
三求完成句子
1 I feel warm(Amy改写)
_______ _______ warm
2 should Betty more do exercise ()(连词成句)
______________________________
3 I am sad(画线部分提问)
_______ _______ _______ _______
4 He’s making popcorn(画线部分提问)
_______ _______ _______ _______
Answers
1B 2A 3D 4C
二1A 2B 3C 4C
三1 Amy feels 2 Betty should do more exercise
3 How do you feel 4 What is he doing







板书设计
B Lets’ wrap it up C Story time

happy worried
Zoom
make popcorn
Zip





Recycle 2
单元整体分析
单元教版英语六年级册复二围绕四六单元核心词汇句型展开
单元通Peter家拜访Ken家ken家背景已学语言知识机融合起通类型务帮助学生复巩固语言培养学生综合运语言力学力分两课时完成第课时包括P66—P67教学容P66通Peter父亲介绍Ken家基情况录音复关职业爱单词词组P67P66事延续通图片展示饿Peter家车消磨时间情景复学动词短语描述情绪形容词第二课时包括P68—P69教学容P68呈现Peter朋友家家晚饭讲事进行娱乐活动Ken父亲讲述诚信关事P69读活动复第四第六单元句型词汇
根学生学情教学容重难点充分利教材已设定情境开展教学活动创造学生体课堂激发学生学兴趣采教学方法情景教学法合作探究法愉快教学法等
单元前三单元知识点汇总需掌握词汇句子时态学生已前面教材中学单元教学基础
单元复单元整体语境构成教学中首先基整体情景建构文字意义进入部分教学时根学生学情确立教学容重难点充分利教材已设定情境展开教学活动创造学生体课堂采教学方法情景教学法合作探究法愉快教学法等
单元第四单元第六单元知识汇总需掌握词汇句型学生已前面单元中学单元教学做铺垫
单元教学目标
1 知识目标
(1)够听说读写第四第六单元关业余爱职业情绪单词词组
(2)够听说读写第四第六单元核心句型
(3)知道英语句子中语调根正确语调朗读类型句子
(4)知道英语句子中重音正确读出句子重音
(5)知道英语句子中连读失爆破根正确语调朗读类型句子
2 力目标
(1)够情景中运句型:What are ’s hobbies HeShe likes +ving 询问描述某爱
(2)够情景中运句型:Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t询问某否做什
(3)够情景中运句型:What does heshe do HeShe is询问回答某职业
(4)够情景中运句型:Where does heshe work How does heshe go to work 询问解某工作点出行方式
(5)够情景中运句型:How doesfeel 询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪
(6)够运句型:You should Don’t 安慰提供建议
(7)够情景中运句型:What’s wrong 询问状况
3情感目标
学生渗透诚实宝贵品质
教学重难点
1 教学重点
(1)够听说读写第四第六单元关业余爱职业情绪单词词组
(2)够听说读写第四第六单元核心句型
(3)够情景中运句型:What are ’s hobbies HeShe likes +ving 询问描述某爱
(4)够情景中运句型:Does heshe Yes heshe does No heshe doesn’t询问某否做什
(5)够情景中运句型:What does heshe do HeShe is询问回答某职业
(6)够情景中运句型:Where does heshe work How does heshe go to work 询问解某工作点出行方式
(7)够情景中运句型:How doesfeel 询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪
(8)够运句型:You should Don’t 安慰提供建议
(9)够情景中运句型:What’s wrong 询问状况
2 教学难点
第四第六单元句型综合运
教学方法
务型教学法合作探究法情景交际法愉快教学法
教学时间
单元分两课时教学
第课时 P66 P67
第二课时 P68 P69
知识视窗
1现进行时态
(1) 现进行时态意义
表示正发生动作存状态常见标志词now look listen等
(2)现进行时态构成
助动词be(am is are) + ving(现分词)
(3)现进行时种句式
肯定句:语+ be + ving(现分词)+
:I am reading a book now
现正书
否定句:语+be + not + ving(现分词)+
:Look Wang Ming isn’t drawing pictures
王明没教室画画
般疑问句:be + 语 + ving(现分词)+?
Are you playing computer games
正玩电脑游戏?
特殊疑问句:疑问词+ be + 语 + ving(现分词)+?
:Who is running
谁跑步?
2 国外公场合注意事项
英国日等公场合火车铁少听见声喧哗般安静读书报等整车厢安静果声说话会招满会眼神提醒会轻声提醒严重会声呵斥
第课时
课时容
P66 P67
课时分析
课时教版六年级册Recycle 2第课时围绕Ken家情况Peter家车情景展开话题复第四第六单元关职业业余爱情绪单词词组相关句型引导学生视角认识职业尊重种职业培养学生思维力语言表达力课时重点词汇类记忆语言知识梳理纳
课时包括 P66P67两版块P66 版块呈现Peter家拜访Ken家通Peter父亲介绍Ken家基情况环节学生首次听力训练复关职业单词第二次听力训练目通获取更细节信息复关喜单词词组P67P66事延续通呈现Peter家车消磨时间情景复学动词短语描述情绪形容词页面面字谜Peter车玩字谜情景放目复职业情感词汇
学生掌握词汇句型学生前面教材中已学教师根学生学情握知识重难点结合教材设置情景展开教学采游戏歌调查火眼金晶等活泼教学手段引导学生复巩固知识
课时目标
1)够听说读写第四第六单元关业余爱职业情绪单词词组
(2)够听懂情景话
(3)够情景中运句型:What are ’s hobbies HeShe likes +ving 询问描述某爱
(4)够情景中运句型:What does heshe do HeShe is询问回答某职业
(5)够情景中运句型:How doesfeel 询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪
(6)够运句型:You should Don’t 安慰提供建议
(7)够情景中运句型:What’s wrong 询问状况
(8)引导学生视角认识职业尊重种职业
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够听说读写第四第六单元关业余爱职业情绪单词词组
(2)够情景中运句型:What are ’s hobbies HeShe likes +ving 询问描述某爱
(3)够情景中运句型:What does heshe do HeShe is询问回答某职业
(4)够情景中运句型:How doesfeel 询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪
(5)够运句型:You should Don’t 安慰提供建议
(6)够情景中运句型:What’s wrong 询问状况
2难点
第四第六单元知识综合运
教学准备
媒体课件词卡录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Hi everyone
Ss Hi Miss xxx How are you
T Fine thanks And you
Ss Very well thank you
2 Review some words
(1)教师播放工作场声音吹哨子警车等声音学生倾听抢答猜测职业
(2)学生认读postman fisherman teacher等单词
教学资源:课件词卡
设计意图:通游戏激发学生学兴趣复学表示职业相关词汇
Step 2 Lead in
Let’s do
Act like a(teacherfishermanpostman)
(教师编歌谣学生边吟诵边做动作)
教学资源:课件
设计意图:歌谣活跃课堂气氛激发学生学兴趣
Step 3 Presentation
1 P66
(1)T Look at the boy This is Ken Peter’s old friend(呈现Ken物图)Peter’s family are going to visit Ken’s family in another town Look at the picture How many people are there in Ken’s family
Ss Six
T Who are they
Ss Peter’s father mother aunt uncle brother and Peter
T What are their jobs Peter’s father is talking about them Let’s listen
(2) Listen to the tape and fill in the blanks
(3)师生核
(4)两组课问答练
A What does Ken’s fathermother do
B HeShe is
(4) T What are their hobbies Let’s listen to the tape again
(5) Listen again and write down the hobbies for the people
(6)师生核
(7)两组课问答练
A What are Ken’s Ken’s mother’s hobbies
B HeShe likes
教学资源:录音机磁带
设计意图:问答练强化学生知识记忆
2 P67
(1)T Look at the picture(呈现教材插图)Where are Peter’s family
Ss On the bus
T Peter’s family are on the bus What are they doing on the bus How do they feel
(3)组讨Peter家正做事情Peter家情绪
(4)指名描述
Peter’s mother is reading a book She is sad Peter’s father is father is talking He’s happy
(注意提醒学生公交车乱跑)
(5) T What is Peter doing
Ss He is doing word puzzles
T Look This is Peter’s puzzles Do you know the answers
(6)两组完成字谜
(7)师生核
教学资源:课件
设计意图:引导学生观察图入手培养学生观察力
Step 4 Practice
1 调查员
(1)两组调查方喜想事职业
Name ___________
Hobbies___________
Job _____________




参考句型:
—What are your hobbies I like
—What do you want to do I want to be
(2)叙述爱想事职业然汇报调查学情况
参考句型:My name’s ________ I like ___________ I want to be _________
My friend is _______ HeShe likes__________ HeShe wants to be_______
教学资源:制图表
设计意图:复巩固关爱职业词汇句型时培养学生口头表达力
2 火眼金睛
教师呈现物表情图片:奶奶生气表情女孩开心表情等学生讨物情绪句型 should Don’t安慰劝说
教学资源:课件新|课 | 标|第 || 网
设计意图:训练学生句型 should Don’t 应力
3 做答
教师准备动词短语情绪词卡请学生讲台前抽出词卡做动作面部表情然结合学生做动作面部表情教师提出问题学生回答
:学生抽取 afraid词卡做出害怕动作教师问:How does heshe feel学生回答HeShe feels学生抽取sing a song词卡做出唱歌动作教师问:What is heshe doing学生回答:HeShe is
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:训练学生综合运语言力
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言纳
1 复第四第六单元业余爱职业情绪词汇
2 复第四第六单元句型:
询问描述某爱:What are ’s hobbies HeShe likes +ving
询问回答某职业:What does heshe do HeShe is
询问某情绪表示情绪形容词描述情绪:How doesfeel
安慰提供建议: should Don’t
设计意图:通引导学生纳知识点加深知识理解记忆
课堂作业
乱字母重新组合成单词相符图片连线
1 i p l t o 2 c h o a c 3 a h p y p 4 n g a r y
_________ _________ _________ _________


a b c d


二单项选择
( )1 I ______ swimming My sister ______ drawing pictures
A like like B likes like C like likes
( )2 Don’t ______ on the bus
A sing B singing C sings
( )3 Lily ______ a Chinese teacher one day
A want to be B want to C wants to be
( )4 ______ he often watch TV at night
A Does B Do C Is
三图回答问题

1 What is Tom doing
_______________________________

2 What does his uncle do
_______________________________

3 What are Wang Lin’s hobbies
_______________________________
Answers
1 pilot b 2 coach a 3 happy c 4 angry d
二1C2A3C4A
三1 He is reading books
2 He is a postman
3 He likes running









板书设计

Recycle 2 第课时
What are ’s hobbies HeShe likes +ving
What does heshe do HeShe is
should Don’t
第二课时

课时容
P68 P69
课时分析
课时教版六年级册Recycle 2单元第二课时围绕诚信事展开话题通事学生复巩固第四第六单元核心词汇句型学生渗透诚实宝贵品质激发学生学英语兴趣树立学英语信心课时重点第四第六单元核心句型巩固运
课时P68—P69页设置Peter朋友家家晚饭讲事进行娱乐活动场景Ken父亲讲述诚信关事读活动整体复第4—6单元句型词汇P69表格学生提供构成事素学生提供完整复述事框架复述事环节做铺垫
课时事词汇量较学生说阅读定难度教师助肢体语言图片简笔画等方法帮助学生理解事利板书读活动中框架引导学生复述事发展学生语言
课时目标
(1)够理解事
(2)够复述事
(3)够情景中灵活运第四第六单元核心词汇句型
(4)学生渗透诚实宝贵品质
课时重难点
1重点
(1)够理解事
(2)够复述事
(3)够情景中灵活运第四第六单元核心词汇句型
2难点
(1)事复述
(2)第四第六单元核心词汇句型灵活运
教学准备
媒体课件录音机磁带
教学程
Step 1 Warm up
1 Greeting
T Hi everyone
Ss Hi Miss xxx How are you
T Fine thanks And you
Ss Very well thank you
2 Play a game
划猜
请学生讲台前教师准备关职业词卡名学生呈现名学生根词卡动作表演出抽scientist学生表演做实验男女生抢答猜表示职业单词奖励
教学资源:词卡
设计意图:游戏激发学生学兴趣活跃课堂气氛复巩固已学词汇
Step 2 Lead in
1猜谜
教师呈现关职业谜语学生猜单词
a She works in a factory (factory worker)
b He teaches lessons (teacher)
c He sells things to other people( businessman)
d He trains basketball players(coach)
2 T At Ken’s house his father tells a story Now let’s learn the story together
教学资源:课件
设计意图:猜谜语锻炼学生思维力时事学做准备
Step 3 Presentation
1 Learn the story
(1)快速浏览课文圈出文中物
(2)教师简单介绍事(边介绍事边肢体语言简笔画等方式呈现帮助学生理解)
()次阅读事完成读活动
a寻找关键词完成P69 where who填空
b曲线画出文中物心情
c组讨完成P69句子填空
引导学生回答指名理解齐读句子适时板书
d T What does the story tell us 学生两组讨完成P68第二题时学生渗透诚信宝贵品质德育教育
设计意图:学生渗透德育教育形成美心灵品格
2 复述事
(1)引导学生纳总结事构成素
(2)通教材读活动事素表插图组学生复述事然指名复述
设计意图:锻炼学生语言纳力口语力
Step 4 Practice
根事构成素表组创编事
设计意图:培养学生想象力拓展学生思维丰富学生语言
Step 5 Summary
T What did you learn about this lesson
学生发言教师引导学生纳
1学择关诚实事
2知道构成事素
设计意图:培养学生总结力
课堂作业
读句子猜职业
A factory worker B cleaner C doctor D fisherman


( ) 1 He helps sick people
( )2 She cleans the streets and keeps them clean
( )3 He works on the sea and catches lots of fish
( )4 She works in a factory worker
二列句子中画线部分选择正确汉语
( )1 The businessman has lot of money
A钱 B 蜂蜜 C 幼苗
( )2 My friend gives me some flower seeds
A种子 B 繁殖 C 播种
( )3 People should be honest
A诚实 B 勇敢 C 爱
三单项选择
( )1—______ does your mother do
—She is a scientist
A What B Where C Who
( )2 Mike likes ______ word puzzles
A does B doing C do
( )3—Does he ______ football every weekend
—Yes he does
A plays B play C play the
四单词适形式填空
1 How ______ you feel (do)
2 My aunt is a______ (police office)
3 Tom’s father is ill He is______ (worry)
4 Every afternoon Mary ______ Chinese with her sister(study)
Answers
1C2B3D4A
二1A2A3A
三1A2B3B
四1 do 2 police officer 3 worried 4 studies






板书设计
Recycle 2 第二课时
honest诚实
happy
sad
a fisherman
a coach
a factory worker
a rice businessman



















X|k |B| 1 c|O |m

文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传

《香当网》用户分享的内容,不代表《香当网》观点或立场,请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性!
该内容是文档的文本内容,更好的格式请下载文档

下载文档,方便阅读与编辑

文档的实际排版效果,会与网站的显示效果略有不同!!

需要 6 香币 [ 分享文档获得香币 ]

购买文档

相关文档

六年级英语教案

本单元是人教版英语六年级上册的第一单元,单元的话题是“How can I get there?”

姣***7 4年前 上传1851   0

六年级上册英语教案Recycle2(2)PEP

1.能够理解Ken’sfather说的小故事,并了解故事的几大要素。2.能够运用故事要素,自己说一个小故事。3.能够完成相关练习。

5***蛇 3年前 上传559   0

PEP人教版小学六年级下册英语教案(全册)

课题 PA Let’s learn 单元 Unit 1 学科 英语 年级 六下学习目标 1. 能听说读写taller, shorter, younger, older, longer, shorter等比较级单词。2. 能够正确运用句型A + be +比较级 + than + B等句型对身高年龄等进行比较。3. 能够完成survey and report部分,通过游戏对对碰等巩固句型和单词

h***2 1年前 上传359   0

六年级上册英语教案Recycle1(2)PEP

1.复习1—3单元所学的词汇和句子。能正确使用一般将来时。2.能完成看图说话,看图回答等练习。

5***蛇 3年前 上传567   0

六年级上册英语教案Recycle1(1)PEP

教学目标:1.复习1—3单元所学的词汇和句子。2.能完成看图填空,看图回答等练习。

5***蛇 3年前 上传614   0

人教版小学英语教案

人教版小学英语教案第一篇:人教版小学英语教案人教版小学英语教案四年级上册 unit3friends 2014-09-22 10:44 2014-06-04 10:46 unit3friends 教学内容 本教学内容综合 pep 教材第二册第六单元、 第三册第三单元中描述人物外貌 特征等的词汇和句型,以 pep book 3 unit3 为蓝本而改编的。滚动复习:big, small,

u***f 11年前 上传1180   0

小学英语教案的写法

小学英语教案的写法  一、指导书写方法  学生初学书写时,坐姿、笔姿和放纸的位置都必须正确。  1、身体坐正,两脚放平,脊背要直,头稍向前倾,眼纸保持一定距离,前臂轻放桌面,两肋在桌子的边缘之处,胸和桌边保持二、三寸的距离。  2、 用拇指和食指轻握笔杆,搁在中指第一节上,食指尖距笔尖约一寸左右,手腕轻放在纸面,以使手臂能灵活移动,笔杆放在虎口上紧靠食指。  3、 纸放正或稍

m***x 8年前 上传516   0

高一英语教案

理解全文,了解生命的起源过程,并完成所布置的任务。

天***2 5年前 上传858   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit9Mydailylife辽师大版(三起)

兴趣是学好英语的关键。教材在内容、形式、方法等方面都充分考虑学生的学习需求,教材中所选择的话题和语料真实有趣,难度适中,并且都来源于学生们身边,使他们感到亲切自然、趣味幽默,从而乐于学习,教材中的语言简洁实用,使学生学会了就能使用,享受成功,体会学习英语的快乐。

静***雅 3年前 上传593   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit1Thelionandthemouse(Storytime)-译林版

1.能了解故事的意思。2.通过故事的学习,学会词语large,strong,sharp,weak,动词过去时woke,bit,并初步能根据副词quietly,loudly,happily,sadly的情感朗读课文。3.能根据故事情节,进行角色表演。

3***猪 3年前 上传879   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit8Ourcommunity辽师大版(三起)

1. 能读懂会说、会填写Read, write and say中的内容。2. 能读懂会说、会写Write and talk部分的内容,并能与同桌进行交流运用。3. 能听懂、会说、会用there be句型描述某处有某物,介绍自己的生活环境。

静***雅 2年前 上传345   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit5 OurDreams重大版(2)

(一)知识与技能目标 1. 能听、说、读、写十四个职业名词。2. 能听、说、认读本课时主句型:What do you want to be in the future? I want to be a/ an ______. 3.能运用已学词汇和句型交流各自的职业梦想。

静***雅 3年前 上传672   0

六年级下册英语教案Unit7Mybestfriend辽师大版(三起)

1. 能够利用一般现在时做自我介绍或是描述他人 。2. 能读懂、会说、会填写Read,write and say中的内容。3. 能在Word Bank的帮助下选词填空,完成短文。

静***雅 2年前 上传299   0

六年级上册英语教案Unit4第5课时PartBReadandwritePEP

1.通过本 课的学习,使学生掌握四会单词: shall, goal, club, join, share.2.能够听、说、认读句子:What are Pe ter’s hobbies?He lives on a farm.I like dancing.We can share.

3***猪 3年前 上传531   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit7Mybestfriend辽师大版(三起)

1、能够利用一般现在时做自我介绍或描述他人.2、能够读懂,会说,会填写read ,write and say中的内容。3、能在图片和对话的帮助下,读懂A guessing game 中的内容,根据实际游戏。4、创设适宜的语言情景,通过学习动物知识,激发学生对大自然的热爱之情。

静***雅 3年前 上传532   0

六年级上册英语教案Unit4第7课时PartCStorytimePEP

1. 短语: live in, very much, have to, in front of,read books, be angry,look at, from that day on等.2. 能完成故 事的叙述。教学重难点1. 重点: 能正确理解并使用对于个人爱好的问答.2. 难点: 能对爱好进行问答.

3***猪 3年前 上传541   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit9Mydailylife辽师大版(三起)

1.能够听、说、读、写本课重点复习的词汇,如: get up, go to school,have breakfast,go to bed,go home ,watch TV,have, can,can’t,like等并在句子中正确运用。

静***雅 2年前 上传365   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit2Seeingthedoctor辽师大版(三起)

一,教学目标与策略分析1. 能听、说、读、写并运用核心词汇matter,wrong,headache,have a fever,have a cold,ill及核心语言What's the matter? I have...2. 能听懂、会读、会说Listen and say板块的对话。3. 能读懂Look,read and write板块的内容,并能模仿范例写请假条。

静***雅 3年前 上传639   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit9Mydailylife辽师大版(三起)

1、能够听说读写本课重点复习的词汇:如go to bed,go to school等,并能在句子中正确的使用。2、读懂、会填写、会说Listen ,write and say中的内容。

静***雅 2年前 上传371   0

六年级上册 英语教案-Unit 5 Signs 译林版三起

《英语》(六年级上册)Unit 5 SignsSound time, Culture time & Checkout timeTeaching aims and learning objectives 教学目标1. 能听懂、会读、会说dirty, underground, subway, wet floor, No littering./No eating or drinking./

文***7 3年前 上传793   0

六年级下册英语教案Unit8Ourcommunity辽师大版(三起)

时间 2019.4 班级 6.6 授课教师 谢美彩课题 Unit 8 Our community?教学目标 1、 学生能够听懂、会说、认读There be句型?并会运用。2、学生能够认读magician等四会单词及本课的词组。3、运用本单元核心语言进行提问和回答。

静***雅 2年前 上传290   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit7Mybestfriend辽师大版(三起)

1. 能够利用一般现在时做自我介绍或是描述他人。2. 能读懂、会说、会填写Read, write and say中的内容。3. 能在Word Bank的帮助下选词填空,完成短文。

静***雅 2年前 上传300   0

六年级下册英语教案Unit8Ourcommunity辽师大版(三起)

1. 能听懂、会说、会用there be句型描述某处有某物,并能在实际中应用。2. 能运用there be句型描述Find, write and say中的两幅图的异同。3. 能在Word Bank的帮助下,读懂Read and write中的短文,并能补全短文。

静***雅 2年前 上传268   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit7Mybestfriend辽师大版(三起)

Aims on the knowledge:To use the Present Tense to make a self-introduction or describe others; To read,speak and fill in the blanks in Read,write and say;To read and play a game with the help of the pictures and dialogues in A guessing game.To understand Write and say,and then make a self-introduction .

静***雅 2年前 上传328   0

六年级下册英语教案-Unit 6 An interesting country 译林版

Unit 6 An interesting country 教案1教学目标:1、 能正确的理解,掌握对话内容,并能准确朗读。2、 能正确地听、说、读、写、单词country , will ,learn , welcome ,visitor ,Australia3、能正确地听、说、读单词和短语find out ,kangaroo ,koala ,sport-lover ,Austral

文***7 3年前 上传1086   0